From b9a1c8df121550db45831a68f49b010aa9b4291b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guus Sliepen Date: Mon, 26 Aug 2019 13:44:41 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Import Upstream version 1.0.17 --- COPYING | 2 +- ChangeLog | 260 +++ INSTALL | 9 +- Makefile.in | 88 +- NEWS | 17 + README | 6 +- THANKS | 1 + aclocal.m4 | 74 +- config.guess | 49 +- config.h.in | 12 + config.sub | 65 +- configure | 85 +- configure.in | 21 +- depcomp | 74 +- doc/Makefile.in | 53 +- doc/sample-config.tar.gz | Bin 1242 -> 1246 bytes doc/texinfo.tex | 1874 +++++++++++------ doc/tinc.conf.5.in | 79 +- doc/tinc.info | 212 +- doc/tinc.texi | 82 +- doc/tincd.8.in | 19 +- install-sh | 29 +- lib/Makefile.in | 23 +- lib/ipv4.h | 10 +- lib/ipv6.h | 4 +- m4/Makefile.in | 21 +- missing | 53 +- mkinstalldirs | 162 ++ src/Makefile.am | 13 +- src/Makefile.in | 51 +- src/bsd/device.c | 24 +- src/conf.c | 108 +- src/conf.h | 3 +- src/connection.c | 12 +- src/connection.h | 4 +- src/cygwin/device.c | 20 +- src/device.h | 23 +- src/dummy_device.c | 62 + src/graph.c | 4 +- src/graph.h | 2 +- src/linux/device.c | 36 +- src/mingw/device.c | 18 +- src/net.c | 18 +- src/net.h | 3 +- src/net_packet.c | 78 +- src/net_setup.c | 132 +- src/net_socket.c | 75 +- src/node.h | 4 +- src/process.c | 2 +- src/protocol.c | 4 +- src/protocol_auth.c | 4 +- src/protocol_edge.c | 4 +- src/protocol_key.c | 6 +- .../device.c => raw_socket_device.c} | 47 +- src/route.c | 76 +- src/route.h | 4 +- src/solaris/device.c | 34 +- src/subnet.c | 2 + src/tincd.c | 47 +- src/{uml_socket/device.c => uml_device.c} | 46 +- src/vde_device.c | 143 ++ 61 files changed, 3238 insertions(+), 1255 deletions(-) create mode 100755 mkinstalldirs create mode 100644 src/dummy_device.c rename src/{raw_socket/device.c => raw_socket_device.c} (78%) rename src/{uml_socket/device.c => uml_device.c} (89%) create mode 100644 src/vde_device.c diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING index 74fe22a..85c729f 100644 --- a/COPYING +++ b/COPYING @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Copyright (C) 1998-2010 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others. +Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others. See the AUTHORS file for a complete list. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index e7e70d3..49524d0 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,263 @@ +commit 28a1501b9a8b4c730f7f965d6b2e8fc50feba261 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Mar 10 13:31:36 2012 +0100 + + Releasing 1.0.17. + +commit 4712d8f92e63e86e835ffb624d6399343ee568ea +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Mar 10 13:23:08 2012 +0100 + + Update copyright notices. + +commit 5b0f5ad958d6db4e73aebc5ee6c608cdae81b7b5 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Thu Mar 8 23:23:39 2012 +0100 + + Make sure disabling old RSA keys works on Windows. + + Seeking in files and rewriting parts of them does not seem to work properly on + Windows. Instead, when old RSA keys are found when generating new ones, the + file containing the old keys is copied to a temporary file where the changes + are made, and that file is renamed back to the original filename. On Windows, + we cannot atomically replace files with a rename(), so we need to move the + original file out of the way first. If anything fails, the new code will warn + that the user has to solve the problem by hand. + +commit 2f1c337c541fcb7e2c62aeeab245ff7a43eb51a5 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Thu Mar 8 22:19:20 2012 +0100 + + Add missing ICMP6 message type definitions. + +commit 9dea33f5301119dd4423eb962956cf2d246af3f3 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Wed Mar 7 10:40:06 2012 +0100 + + Accept Subnets passed with the -o option when StrictSubnets = yes. + +commit 63f8303a5dc1758876451a580a8317dbc3d295d6 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Fri Mar 2 16:09:58 2012 +0100 + + Only log errors sending UDP packets when debug level >= 5. + + Since tinc will fall back to TCP or route via another node, it is not necessary + to log such errors unconditionally. + +commit ae5249610954af17c68c547bb1b45ad286ad647e +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sun Feb 26 16:23:02 2012 +0100 + + Only use broadcast at the start of the PMTU discovery phase. + + For local peer discovery, only a handful of packets are necessary for + peers to detect each other. + +commit 5140656de6bcfda72951a7827b05414ce306e3ca +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 25 22:11:30 2012 +0100 + + Stricter checks against routing loops. + + If a packet that had to be sent via an intermediate hop, and that intermediate + hop was the one that sent the packet, we drop it. + +commit f1d5eae643cdf537ef357f10f2da8ff83bdf32b4 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 25 21:46:18 2012 +0100 + + Don't send ICMP Time Exceeded messages for other Time Exceeded messages. + + That would be silly. + +commit 5a28aa7b8b0ab6237c2eab5f8b11253ea3ec5a05 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Wed Feb 22 23:17:43 2012 +0100 + + Add LocalDiscovery option which tries to detect peers on the local network. + + Currently, this is implemented by sending IPv4 broadcast packets to the + LAN during path MTU discovery. + +commit 8e717ddb602f01f656369106ec0398efbe9ca4a4 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Wed Feb 22 14:37:56 2012 +0100 + + Pass index into listen_socket[] to handle_incoming_vpn_data(). + +commit 65e8e06c6dc7349b11c3c1e8f4071b51e2994c65 +Author: Nick Hibma +Date: Tue Feb 21 15:26:58 2012 +0100 + + Add missing ICMP message type definitions. + +commit ac48c4ee8c09c8144f830cb66386b9dbe7298440 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Feb 21 14:06:55 2012 +0100 + + Fix check for raw socket support. + + Also, move some variables so there are no compiler warnings about unused + variables when there is no support for raw sockets. + +commit d9ad3d313d96d30ef45cd53367dff9a855a396d4 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Feb 21 13:31:21 2012 +0100 + + Fix a bug that caused tinc to ignore all but the last listening socket. + +commit 46506b7aaf6c6a8a85561c38fdb9c95eae21aa75 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Feb 21 13:13:40 2012 +0100 + + Document the command line flag -o and provide --option as well. + +commit 7d76e287598c8c18cadfb5818046d9dd1b0ad881 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Feb 21 11:39:21 2012 +0100 + + Move initialization of char *priority up to prevent freeing an uninitialized pointer. + +commit 8420a0c8bde1781db04dd2436eb9d5dca5a1732a +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Mon Feb 20 17:19:00 2012 +0100 + + Allow disabling of broadcast packets. + + The Broadcast option can be used to cause tinc to drop all broadcast and + multicast packets. This option might be expanded in the future to selectively + allow only some broadcast packet types. + +commit ea415ccc1690d6e5864a7500977b181e5c8faafe +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Mon Feb 20 17:12:48 2012 +0100 + + Rename connection_t *broadcast to everyone. + +commit cff5a844a3e6b494f4a4f6eb5b48a84780f2d0e5 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Mon Feb 20 16:52:53 2012 +0100 + + Don't bind outgoing TCP sockets anymore. + + The code introduced in commit 41a05f59ba2c3eb5caab555f096ed1b9fbe69ee3 is not + needed anymore, since tinc has been able to handle UDP packets from a different + source address than those of the TCP packets since 1.0.10. When using multiple + BindToAddress statements, this code does not make sense anymore, we do want the + kernel to choose the source address on its own. + +commit 0233b1d710222cb09be0cbd08c1297e3ece38a9f +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Mon Feb 20 16:34:02 2012 +0100 + + Decrement TTL of incoming packets. + + Tinc will now, by default, decrement the TTL field of incoming IPv4 and IPv6 + packets, before forwarding them to the virtual network device or to another + node. Packets with a TTL value of zero will be dropped, and an ICMP Time + Exceeded message will be sent back. + + This behaviour can be disabled using the DecrementTTL option. + +commit 6289859ab365dc1c0d420323174418b316b14502 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Mon Feb 20 15:44:52 2012 +0100 + + Only compile raw socket code when it is supported on that platform. + +commit d1dcdf8eb6f800704be426b1ce6f6c1a8e65ba0d +Merge: 1b2846d 3b1fad0 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 18 14:31:08 2012 +0100 + + Merge branch 'master' of black:tinc + +commit 3b1fad04de6bed2f284fdf3d5b27d4162aeebc8c +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 18 14:37:52 2012 +0100 + + Allow setting DeviceType to tun or tap on Linux. + +commit 6455654d26d204cea4bbc102e5bd6550b7fff7a7 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 18 11:48:21 2012 +0100 + + Send packets back using the same socket as they were received on. + +commit 1b2846d907adfc8472fc9da0c951c3243c7ee143 +Merge: 9f6a96a 6455654 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Feb 18 11:43:00 2012 +0100 + + Merge branch 'master' of black:tinc + +commit 9f6a96af3939bd2de410ce346a8c8fbcf93e7c9b +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Fri Feb 17 16:25:00 2012 +0100 + + Allow multiple BindToAddress statements. + +commit 708314df2f61675d0f54e541c9fff62ac1f433b5 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Fri Feb 17 16:13:38 2012 +0100 + + Set FD_CLOEXEC flag on all sockets. + + Scripts called by tinc would inherit its open filedescriptors. This could + be a problem if other long-running daemons are started from those scripts, + if those daemons would not close all filedescriptors before going into the + background. + + Problem found and solution suggested by Nick Hibma. + +commit 178e52f76ef4ba40748c13ea7e518837394d6dbc +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sun Dec 4 01:20:59 2011 +0100 + + Allow linking with multiple device drivers. + + Apart from the platform specific tun/tap driver, link with the dummy and + raw_socket devices, and optionally with support for UML and VDE devices. + At runtime, the DeviceType option can be used to select which driver to + use. + +commit 5672863e59e6a114ac6b66de98254b14266c0e61 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sat Dec 3 21:59:47 2011 +0100 + + Fix a few small memory leaks. + +commit 52ded09d1713b83222b56db7d29ff061aefb95e3 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sun Nov 27 12:13:16 2011 +0100 + + Add vde/device.c to the tarball. + +commit 2c7c87ec75c94d0b3cca9f7a5aeba34384f77cc1 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Sun Nov 27 12:12:34 2011 +0100 + + Fix compilation of VDE and UML interfaces. + +commit ddea7a23a66b8fee4942f2ce237dcabe02e17270 +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Aug 30 20:49:48 2011 +0200 + + Return false instead of void when there is an error. + +commit e838289683c0039fac0ae6172d40b4177c17911b +Author: Guus Sliepen +Date: Tue Aug 30 19:56:56 2011 +0200 + + Prevent read_rsa_public_key() from returning an uninitialized RSA structure. + + In case the config file could not be opened a new but unitialized RSA structure + would be returned, causing a segmentation fault later on. This would only + happen in the case that the config file could be opened before, but not when + read_rsa_public_key() was called. This situation could occur when the --user + option was used, and the config files were not readable by the specified user. + commit 0f2aa4bd8b698608876bec141c5aef1aa619730b Author: Guus Sliepen Date: Sat Jul 23 14:12:23 2011 +0200 diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL index 7d1c323..a1e89e1 100644 --- a/INSTALL +++ b/INSTALL @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Installation Instructions ************************* -Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, -2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation, +Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright @@ -226,6 +226,11 @@ order to use an ANSI C compiler: and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. + HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as +their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped +generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make' +instead. + On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot parse its `' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 837e15d..76ecdd6 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ subdir = . DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \ $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS \ - THANKS config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh missing + THANKS config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh missing \ + mkinstalldirs ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attribute.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lzo.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/openssl.m4 \ @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @@ -71,9 +72,11 @@ DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ - { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \ - || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ - && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; } + if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ + find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ + && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ + || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ + else :; fi am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ @@ -102,6 +105,8 @@ am__relativize = \ DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print +am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ + | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ @@ -210,7 +215,7 @@ all: config.h $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive .SUFFIXES: -am--refresh: +am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ @@ -246,10 +251,8 @@ $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): config.h: stamp-h1 - @if test ! -f $@; then \ - rm -f stamp-h1; \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \ - else :; fi + @if test ! -f $@; then rm -f stamp-h1; else :; fi + @if test ! -f $@; then $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; else :; fi stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 @@ -469,7 +472,11 @@ dist-gzip: distdir $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 + $(am__remove_distdir) + +dist-lzip: distdir + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzma: distdir @@ -477,7 +484,7 @@ dist-lzma: distdir $(am__remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz + tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir @@ -508,6 +515,8 @@ distcheck: dist bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lzma*) \ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ + *.tar.lz*) \ + lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ @@ -527,6 +536,7 @@ distcheck: dist && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ + $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ @@ -555,8 +565,16 @@ distcheck: dist list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: - @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \ - && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ + @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ + echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ + '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ + exit 1; \ + }; \ + $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ + echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ + exit 1; \ + }; \ + test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ @@ -587,10 +605,15 @@ install-am: all-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: @@ -677,17 +700,18 @@ uninstall-am: .PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \ - dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags \ - distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ - pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am + dist-lzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \ + distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ + distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \ + dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ + install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ + install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \ + install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ + installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ + uninstall uninstall-am ChangeLog: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index ab36c23..6e9a100 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -1,3 +1,20 @@ +Version 1.0.17 March 10 2012 + + * The DeviceType option can now be used to select dummy, raw socket, UML and + VDE devices without needing to recompile tinc. + + * Allow multiple BindToAddress statements. + + * Decrement TTL value of IPv4 and IPv6 packets. + + * Add LocalDiscovery option allowing tinc to detect peers that are behind the + same NAT. + + * Accept Subnets passed with the -o option when StrictSubnets = yes. + + * Disabling old RSA keys when generating new ones now also works properly on + Windows. + Version 1.0.16 July 23 2011 * Fixed a performance issue with TCP communication under Windows. diff --git a/README b/README index 338f23c..3c23b06 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -This is the README file for tinc version 1.0.16. Installation +This is the README file for tinc version 1.0.17. Installation instructions may be found in the INSTALL file. -tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2011 by: +tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2012 by: Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen , @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ should be changed into "Device", and "Device" should be changed into Compatibility ------------- -Version 1.0.16 is compatible with 1.0pre8, 1.0 and later, but not with older +Version 1.0.17 is compatible with 1.0pre8, 1.0 and later, but not with older versions of tinc. diff --git a/THANKS b/THANKS index 4a6eae2..f26f268 100644 --- a/THANKS +++ b/THANKS @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ We would like to thank the following people for their contributions to tinc: * Menno Smits * Michael Tokarev * Miles Nordin +* Nick Hibma * Nick Patavalis * Paul Littlefield * Robert van der Meulen diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index 5a7e88c..eebdb48 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ -# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*- +# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.3 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -19,12 +20,15 @@ You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been @@ -34,7 +38,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.11' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. -m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [], +m4_if([$1], [1.11.3], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) @@ -50,19 +54,21 @@ m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], -[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl +[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.3])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. @@ -144,14 +150,14 @@ AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009, +# 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 10 +# serial 12 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, @@ -191,6 +197,7 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. + rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. @@ -255,7 +262,7 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], break fi ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. @@ -320,10 +327,13 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' + am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl +AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl +_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- @@ -545,12 +555,15 @@ for _am_header in $config_headers :; do done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. @@ -590,8 +603,8 @@ AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- # From Jim Meyering -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, +# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, @@ -611,7 +624,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], [ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful @@ -722,12 +735,15 @@ else fi ]) -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check for `mkdir -p'. @@ -750,13 +766,14 @@ esac # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 4 +# serial 5 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- @@ -764,13 +781,13 @@ AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) -# ------------------------------ +# -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) -# ---------------------------------- +# ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) @@ -846,12 +863,14 @@ Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# serial 1 + # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't @@ -874,13 +893,13 @@ fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) -# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# serial 2 +# serial 3 # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- @@ -889,13 +908,13 @@ AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) -# --------------------------- +# -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, @@ -917,10 +936,11 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], -[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. -AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) +[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used +# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... +AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) m4_if([$1], [v7], - [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], + [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess index 40eaed4..d622a44 100755 --- a/config.guess +++ b/config.guess @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, -# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2011-05-11' +timestamp='2012-02-10' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ timestamp='2011-05-11' # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -57,8 +55,8 @@ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, -2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free -Software Foundation, Inc. +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." @@ -145,7 +143,7 @@ UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or - # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward @@ -792,13 +790,12 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - pc98) - echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in amd64) echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; *) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) @@ -807,6 +804,9 @@ EOF *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; + i*:MSYS*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys + exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 @@ -861,6 +861,13 @@ EOF i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; + aarch64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; @@ -895,13 +902,16 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) - echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit ;; + hexagon:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) LIBC=gnu @@ -943,7 +953,7 @@ EOF test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } ;; or32:Linux:*:*) - echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; padre:Linux:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu @@ -978,13 +988,13 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; tile*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-tilera-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; vax:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu @@ -1315,6 +1325,9 @@ EOF i*86:AROS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros exit ;; + x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx + exit ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in index 2389c94..9396eae 100644 --- a/config.h.in +++ b/config.h.in @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ /* Support for tunemu */ #undef ENABLE_TUNEMU +/* Support for UML */ +#undef ENABLE_UML + +/* Support for VDE */ +#undef ENABLE_VDE + /* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA @@ -94,6 +100,9 @@ /* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */ #undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LIBVDEPLUG_DYN_H + /* Linux */ #undef HAVE_LINUX @@ -158,6 +167,9 @@ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_NETPACKET_PACKET_H + /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NET_ETHERNET_H diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub index 30fdca8..c894da4 100755 --- a/config.sub +++ b/config.sub @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, -# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2011-03-23' +timestamp='2012-02-10' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software @@ -21,9 +21,7 @@ timestamp='2011-03-23' # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -76,8 +74,8 @@ version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, -2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free -Software Foundation, Inc. +2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." @@ -132,6 +130,10 @@ case $maybe_os in os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; + android-linux) + os=-linux-android + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown + ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] @@ -247,17 +249,22 @@ case $basic_machine in # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ + | aarch64 | aarch64_be \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | be32 | be64 \ | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | epiphany \ | fido | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | hexagon \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | le32 | le64 \ | lm32 \ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ @@ -291,7 +298,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \ | pyramid \ - | rx \ + | rl78 | rx \ | score \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ @@ -300,7 +307,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | spu \ | tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \ | ubicom32 \ - | v850 | v850e \ + | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \ | we32k \ | x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k | z80) @@ -315,8 +322,7 @@ case $basic_machine in c6x) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown ;; - m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip) - # Motorola 68HC11/12. + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; @@ -329,7 +335,10 @@ case $basic_machine in strongarm | thumb | xscale) basic_machine=arm-unknown ;; - + xgate) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; xscaleeb) basic_machine=armeb-unknown ;; @@ -352,11 +361,13 @@ case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ + | aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | be32-* | be64-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ @@ -365,8 +376,10 @@ case $basic_machine in | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | hexagon-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | le32-* | le64-* \ | lm32-* \ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ @@ -400,7 +413,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \ | pyramid-* \ - | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ + | rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ @@ -408,10 +421,11 @@ case $basic_machine in | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ - | tile-* | tilegx-* \ + | tile*-* \ | tron-* \ | ubicom32-* \ - | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \ + | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \ | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ @@ -711,7 +725,6 @@ case $basic_machine in i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; -# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 @@ -808,10 +821,18 @@ case $basic_machine in ms1-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` ;; + msys) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msys + ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; + nacl) + basic_machine=le32-unknown + os=-nacl + ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 @@ -1120,13 +1141,8 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; - # This must be matched before tile*. - tilegx*) - basic_machine=tilegx-unknown - os=-linux-gnu - ;; tile*) - basic_machine=tile-unknown + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) @@ -1336,7 +1352,7 @@ case $os in | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ - | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \ | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ @@ -1548,9 +1564,6 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 - # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the - # default. - # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout diff --git a/configure b/configure index c9ce6d8..c91ddc3 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -607,6 +607,10 @@ ALLOCA LIBOBJS TUNEMU_FALSE TUNEMU_TRUE +VDE_FALSE +VDE_TRUE +UML_FALSE +UML_TRUE host_os host_vendor host_cpu @@ -623,6 +627,7 @@ CPP am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE +am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE @@ -705,6 +710,8 @@ ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_maintainer_mode enable_dependency_tracking +enable_uml +enable_vde enable_tunemu with_windows2000 enable_zlib @@ -1351,6 +1358,8 @@ Optional Features: (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors + --enable-uml enable support for User Mode Linux + --enable-vde enable support for Virtual Distributed Ethernet --enable-tunemu enable support for the tunemu driver --disable-zlib disable zlib compression support --disable-lzo disable lzo compression support @@ -2731,7 +2740,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE=tinc - VERSION=1.0.16 + VERSION=1.0.17 cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF @@ -2761,11 +2770,11 @@ MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. -# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. +# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used +# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... +AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' -AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} - -am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' +am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' @@ -2852,6 +2861,7 @@ fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' + am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= @@ -3665,6 +3675,7 @@ else # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. + rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. @@ -3724,7 +3735,7 @@ else break fi ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) + msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. @@ -4804,6 +4815,42 @@ $as_echo "#define HAVE_MINGW 1" >>confdefs.h ;; esac +# Check whether --enable-uml was given. +if test "${enable_uml+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_uml; +$as_echo "#define ENABLE_UML 1" >>confdefs.h + + uml=true + + +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-vde was given. +if test "${enable_vde+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_vde; for ac_header in libvdeplug_dyn.h +do : + ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "libvdeplug_dyn.h" "ac_cv_header_libvdeplug_dyn_h" "$ac_includes_default" +if test "x$ac_cv_header_libvdeplug_dyn_h" = xyes; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LIBVDEPLUG_DYN_H 1 +_ACEOF + +else + as_fn_error $? "VDE plug header files not found." "$LINENO" 5; break +fi + +done + + +$as_echo "#define ENABLE_VDE 1" >>confdefs.h + + vde=true + + +fi + + # Check whether --enable-tunemu was given. if test "${enable_tunemu+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_tunemu; @@ -4825,6 +4872,22 @@ $as_echo "#define WITH_WINDOWS2000 1" >>confdefs.h fi + if test "$uml" = true; then + UML_TRUE= + UML_FALSE='#' +else + UML_TRUE='#' + UML_FALSE= +fi + + if test "$vde" = true; then + VDE_TRUE= + VDE_FALSE='#' +else + VDE_TRUE='#' + VDE_FALSE= +fi + if test "$tunemu" = true; then TUNEMU_TRUE= TUNEMU_FALSE='#' @@ -5054,7 +5117,7 @@ fi done -for ac_header in net/if.h net/if_types.h linux/if_tun.h net/if_tun.h net/tun/if_tun.h net/if_tap.h net/tap/if_tap.h net/ethernet.h net/if_arp.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/in.h netinet/in6.h +for ac_header in net/if.h net/if_types.h linux/if_tun.h net/if_tun.h net/tun/if_tun.h net/if_tap.h net/tap/if_tap.h net/ethernet.h net/if_arp.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/in.h netinet/in6.h netpacket/packet.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "#include \"have.h\" @@ -6768,6 +6831,14 @@ if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi +if test -z "${UML_TRUE}" && test -z "${UML_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error $? "conditional \"UML\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi +if test -z "${VDE_TRUE}" && test -z "${VDE_FALSE}"; then + as_fn_error $? "conditional \"VDE\" was never defined. +Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 +fi if test -z "${TUNEMU_TRUE}" && test -z "${TUNEMU_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"TUNEMU\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in index 65b5c4c..5ff4a3e 100644 --- a/configure.in +++ b/configure.in @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. AC_PREREQ(2.61) AC_INIT AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tincd.c]) -AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0.16) +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0.17) AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h]) AM_MAINTAINER_MODE @@ -72,6 +72,21 @@ case $host_os in ;; esac +AC_ARG_ENABLE(uml, + AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-uml], [enable support for User Mode Linux]), + [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UML, 1, [Support for UML]) + uml=true + ] +) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(vde, + AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vde], [enable support for Virtual Distributed Ethernet]), + [ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libvdeplug_dyn.h, [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([VDE plug header files not found.]); break]) + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_VDE, 1, [Support for VDE]) + vde=true + ] +) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(tunemu, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tunemu], [enable support for the tunemu driver]), [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TUNEMU, 1, [Support for tunemu]) @@ -84,6 +99,8 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(windows2000, [AC_DEFINE(WITH_WINDOWS2000, 1, [Compile with support for Windows 2000])] ) +AM_CONDITIONAL(UML, test "$uml" = true) +AM_CONDITIONAL(VDE, test "$vde" = true) AM_CONDITIONAL(TUNEMU, test "$tunemu" = true) AC_CACHE_SAVE @@ -102,7 +119,7 @@ dnl We do this in multiple stages, because unlike Linux all the other operating AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdbool.h syslog.h sys/file.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mman.h sys/param.h sys/resource.h sys/socket.h sys/time.h time.h sys/uio.h sys/wait.h netdb.h arpa/inet.h dirent.h]) -AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h net/if_types.h linux/if_tun.h net/if_tun.h net/tun/if_tun.h net/if_tap.h net/tap/if_tap.h net/ethernet.h net/if_arp.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/in.h netinet/in6.h], +AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h net/if_types.h linux/if_tun.h net/if_tun.h net/tun/if_tun.h net/if_tap.h net/tap/if_tap.h net/ethernet.h net/if_arp.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/in.h netinet/in6.h netpacket/packet.h], [], [], [#include "have.h"] ) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h netinet/ip.h netinet/ip6.h], diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp index df8eea7..bd0ac08 100755 --- a/depcomp +++ b/depcomp @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC +scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free -# Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, +# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Environment variables: object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . @@ -90,10 +90,18 @@ if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 - cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g" + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvisualcpp fi +if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then + # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvc7 +fi + case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what @@ -158,10 +166,12 @@ gcc) ' < "$tmpdepfile" | ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as -## well. +## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH +## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; @@ -405,6 +415,52 @@ tru64) rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +msvc7) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes + else + showIncludes=-showIncludes + fi + "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" + if test "$stat" = 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes + # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file + # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the + # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only + # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' +/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { + s//\1/ + s/\\/\\\\/g + p +}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' +s/ /\\ /g +s/\(.*\)/ \1 \\/p +s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ +H +$ { + s/.*/ / + G + p +}' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvc7msys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. @@ -503,7 +559,9 @@ makedepend) touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. + # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. + sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' ' | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in index 44c4161..cad31c3 100644 --- a/doc/Makefile.in +++ b/doc/Makefile.in @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attribute.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/zlib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @@ -81,6 +81,12 @@ am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ + test -z "$$files" \ + || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ + || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ + } man5dir = $(mandir)/man5 man8dir = $(mandir)/man8 NROFF = nroff @@ -408,9 +414,7 @@ uninstall-man5: sed -n '/\.5[a-z]*$$/p'; \ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^5][0-9a-z]*$$,5,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ - test -z "$$files" || { \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" && rm -f $$files; } + dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) install-man8: $(man_MANS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(man8dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" @@ -446,9 +450,7 @@ uninstall-man8: sed -n '/\.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ - test -z "$$files" || { \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" && rm -f $$files; } + dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) tags: TAGS TAGS: @@ -519,10 +521,15 @@ install-am: all-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: @@ -582,13 +589,14 @@ install-html-am: $(HTMLS) for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ $(am__strip_dir) \ - if test -d "$$d$$p"; then \ + d2=$$d$$p; \ + if test -d "$$d2"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ - echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d2'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d2"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ else \ - list2="$$list2 $$d$$p"; \ + list2="$$list2 $$d2"; \ fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \ @@ -620,8 +628,13 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done @$(POST_INSTALL) - @if (install-info --version && \ - install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + @am__run_installinfo=yes; \ + case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ + n|no|NO) am__run_installinfo=no;; \ + *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + || am__run_installinfo=no;; \ + esac; \ + if test $$am__run_installinfo = yes; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ diff --git a/doc/sample-config.tar.gz b/doc/sample-config.tar.gz index 581c238fa246f550ea449abd38f876a5799a6008..7b96fac7c9c04c904fd8ee72f4184513e9a510e1 100644 GIT binary patch literal 1246 zcmV<41R?t$iwFQXYeh@|1MOICZ`(Kw?&tgp4n1HvpmA*HZ5z-JeOpm%*DIQCz&_n% zTS|*lYIx zMQGFhv%H+L9qOR<81#D2?*E`4t?hq27{&*%LlgE-uXO(pVdNqJXzRg;L8X}$O2Sy= zywy5{yD10FSq@h>z_LtpV?d3;PK5z0Wa?xCIAanL4wc~@h@f zH;B8vpxX}yLsD_0w3Stnpu|{dKp|BKIU$22Psth+z&RhYDz|`Y2mOA~A|ad%-)V|b zl}K&@?MB5g6WUg2a;e3PSq?b#p!7YCF*iZ3QXC~+&JE{5tDXYwdmjhU;9U>}VJGe_ z)}XACT%>T%=P==t<0^Sizmt<0v?cH#elgph-jWhyl|~j^2i|HEonBmCUBm6@1a7{Z ze!e<`PZ!_ZKr09W&vJ2nzL8;1`@aeQ3Aek1|5p4D<9Hqa{b<@QFBC`Sa*yZ67JC&F-Fi6VZjiDDK1+OU7n>VOtwcQLjN|5)v>;lCU9 zyAA$df)3%bj!+-p9_PYNHwNqXeH}v${ZF)tf7eDN$dsk zxoc-G(NFsEaduIngBi651vB>n-134`FLLB~Ox;&d$3sRudIUw~`XtDio=~$hWzsho zo*Da?Ow2?^eTZ)@49a7(mGQBV*cb?(hM(!t-fT?Ck9Qc+!eWTA9ism*2Rc?jfQd$B^u;@f3GbSmApLs2J z3LT=Wn}t71>B>$0Ao83hr0JJ#R65AhLEg|!%*hmz#P^SQ5}c0CkC5LpRnjw!6y`nQ zW99FX%bJNk9V0FxF+1MRLRLQjzdFn3&bhbic!j^IHydiGp@tf2sG)`$YUmf~KZ+>{ IumC6k0DW0i761SM literal 1242 zcmV<01SR_)iwFS6vnoyi1MQemZ`(KwfcuV_ zO}3Rps4e*r#%wupb6dFN(t6Q4j|4pmzlEe!|(0EGM$Oz7Vl%>+hsW8Qt%649Z782!6Ew zVT6mlzWz}cFR;@f_AM`T{f}YjcL31RL%j_u!=2O$Mlu(z)-l{oqy_xr_`E2Datyy5 zmOK^soyx%R1aFK0k;_6V?nK7CnSfKUa;(r;y>?)ok*Uk)pahy)Zsuq{hg_?%Fel(9 zx*AVlt}7_`9A;cO^x`z+f=>lV2T}pI{-!96p5pLE@Qf!imu?R4en<7cxRE@;`6yn9 zIx2@s7!su1q8DX_veL<^V68=vqzZb30pKKk9wyp42Djp$N*bEXHEEmz&&vs4T1n-E zQNnp;3KNru6LT<=ZbI`vuakvt1rDq$uT=1RK~pqVzF0B))treza;Q&*Q)?X%M1 z_sXB8Pzxpc=oK-Er0jJ+OI3Xb{M31jhqW&1xK7vfTmN_M{0j2C|F<(eQ#&1FOaBkT z@Ol4_;->!}LXKZ`5~(_Nvh4HJ^dZf)#nwSP!S|lkT5QQty<6b7tLwYV+Ye{wmtM1} z#}_CY>c1*?JjS;A9}J?W^&d3+cNp1R|5i8)Rr##;kKxL}SQ2>=rqSaOzV$O*5Zh#$ zcn&E_js0UHI8Q@}Y-IaoK{BZ}hCs;^4ZZZ&hk3UE5}~HjXyqAdy2QGbo`b<+oHQ`m z8#$iTF3}v}wIC`hbMA0}!k$2a{3S;OkC_%8M`zmHBOK1j13AJ+1y>c%^SMXEkFuuD zNAI%q(1QF?aC=XHScoF2*%gykC4_?>Bq@j$pzZ^RIj4YYSsmyR} z76~JgY(I_maVmumaJ*LA$FvJPKrSvS&1BaJlDNF$9j(#S^n7x?#14*)0t E0OpczEC2ui diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex index 9140826..2abda0f 100644 --- a/doc/texinfo.tex +++ b/doc/texinfo.tex @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{2009-08-14.15} +\def\texinfoversion{2012-01-03.09} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -% 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as @@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. @@ -93,14 +92,13 @@ \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top -{\catcode`\'=\active -\global\let\ptexquoteright'}% Math-mode def from plain.tex. -\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright +{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. @@ -118,10 +116,11 @@ % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi @@ -160,15 +159,18 @@ \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} % sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. +\chardef\ampChar = `\& \chardef\colonChar = `\: \chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\dotChar = `\. \chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\hashChar = `\# \chardef\lquoteChar= `\` \chardef\questChar = `\? \chardef\rquoteChar= `\' \chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. @@ -199,36 +201,7 @@ % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, @@ -246,7 +219,7 @@ \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 @@ -257,6 +230,13 @@ \errorcontextlines16 }% +% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things +% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, +% after all. +% +\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} +\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} + % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % @@ -267,7 +247,6 @@ \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} -% For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks @@ -577,7 +556,7 @@ } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% + outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi @@ -589,7 +568,7 @@ \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup @@ -599,85 +578,6 @@ \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and @@ -719,7 +619,7 @@ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } @@ -801,15 +701,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. @@ -873,7 +764,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} @@ -920,6 +811,36 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \temp } +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command +% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work. +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} @@ -930,6 +851,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes @@ -1095,109 +1017,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode - \let\"=\ddot - \let\'=\acute - \let\==\bar - \let\^=\hat - \let\`=\grave - \let\u=\breve - \let\v=\check - \let\~=\tilde - \let\dotaccent=\dot - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \catcode`' = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - \let' = \ptexquoteright - } -} - -% Some math mode symbols. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} -\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} -\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , - % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax @@ -1262,9 +1081,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. +\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else @@ -1279,50 +1097,24 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html -% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX -% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do). +% +% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and +% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user +% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to +% do this reliably, so we use it. -% double active backslashes. -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% - @catcode`@\=@active - @let\=@doublebackslash} -} - -% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are -% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as -% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor -% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission -% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. -% -% #1 is the tokens to replace. -% #2 is the replacement. -% #3 is the control sequence with the string. -% -\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% - \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% - ##1% - \ifx\\##2\\% - \else - #2% - \HyReturnAfterFi{% - \HyPsdReplace##2\END - }% - \fi - }% - \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% -} -\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. -\def\backslashparens#1{% - \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply - % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. - \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% - \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, +% which we \xdef. +\def\txiescapepdf#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestring\relax + % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? + % Many times it won't matter. + \else + % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, + % backslashes, and other special chars. + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% + \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images @@ -1384,29 +1176,31 @@ output) for that.)} \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among - % others). Let's try in that order. + % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup @@ -1434,10 +1228,9 @@ output) for that.)} % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive - \activebackslashdouble \makevalueexpandable \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfdestname + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% }} % @@ -1469,29 +1262,24 @@ output) for that.)} % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% \else - % Doubled backslashes in the name. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest \fi % - % Also double the backslashes in the display string. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% + % Also escape PDF chars in the display string. + \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% @@ -1545,15 +1333,26 @@ output) for that.)} % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too + % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents + % we use for the index sort strings. + % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax @@ -1695,7 +1494,7 @@ output) for that.)} % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) -\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else +\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap @@ -1962,7 +1761,7 @@ end % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. @@ -2105,8 +1904,8 @@ end \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions @@ -2236,11 +2035,9 @@ end \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} -% reduce space between paragraphs -\divide\parskip by 2 - -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs +\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions @@ -2249,12 +2046,13 @@ end % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % -\def\xword{10} \def\xiword{11} +\def\xword{10} +\def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% - \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. @@ -2308,7 +2106,7 @@ end \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \def\curfontsize{title}% \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} + \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl @@ -2436,12 +2234,14 @@ end % Markup style setup for left and right quotes. \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi } \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi } @@ -2460,22 +2260,26 @@ end \let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright +% \let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright +% \let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright +% \let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright -\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft \let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft -% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right -% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote -% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it -% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least -% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the -% regular 0x27. +% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe +% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). +% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it +% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the +% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax @@ -2499,33 +2303,84 @@ end \else \char'22 \fi } +% Commands to set the quote options. +% +\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} +% +\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic +% Font commands. -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. +% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, +% and 2) do not add an italic correction. +\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% + \ifusingtt + {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% + {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% + \next +} +\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} +\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. +% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following +% character) is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitaliccorrection{% + \ifx\next,% + \else\ifx\next-% + \else\ifx\next.% + \else\ptexslash + \fi\fi\fi + \aftersmartic +} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl, and no ic. % @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} + +\def\aftersmartic{} +\def\var#1{% + \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic + \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% + \smartslanted{#1}% +} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted -\def\var#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\smartslanted{#1}}} \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic @@ -2621,7 +2476,7 @@ end \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% - \null + \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. @@ -2653,6 +2508,8 @@ end } } +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% @@ -2666,7 +2523,6 @@ end \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in @@ -2686,10 +2542,156 @@ end \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. +% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while +% for comparison.) +\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish} +\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% This \urefbreak definition is the active one. +\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} +\let\uref=\urefbreak +\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} +\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). +\def\urefcatcodes{% + \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active + \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active + \catcode\slashChar=\active +} +{ + \urefcatcodes + % + \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + \urefcatcodes + \let&\urefcodeamp + \let.\urefcodedot + \let#\urefcodehash + \let?\urefcodequest + \let/\urefcodeslash + \codex + } + % + % By default, they are just regular characters. + \global\def&{\normalamp} + \global\def.{\normaldot} + \global\def#{\normalhash} + \global\def?{\normalquest} + \global\def/{\normalslash} +} + +% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help +% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in +% cmtt at least, especially for dots. +\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em } +\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em } +% +\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} +{ + \catcode`\/=\active + \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% + \urefprestretch \slashChar + % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of + % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. + \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi + } +} + +% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special +% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so +% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control. +% +\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\wordnone + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore + \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak} + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\wordafter{after} +\def\wordbefore{before} +\def\wordnone{none} + +\urefbreakstyle after + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}} @@ -2707,7 +2709,7 @@ end \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} @@ -2735,55 +2737,6 @@ end \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % @@ -2805,6 +2758,7 @@ end \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. @@ -2817,10 +2771,219 @@ end \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 +} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no +% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode + \let\"=\ddot + \let\'=\acute + \let\==\bar + \let\^=\hat + \let\`=\grave + \let\u=\breve + \let\v=\check + \let\~=\tilde + \let\dotaccent=\dot + $\finishmath +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \catcode`' = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + \let' = \ptexquoteright + } +} + +% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. +% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, +% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. +% +\def\outfmtnametex{tex} +% +\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} +\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi +} +% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid +% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for +% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being +% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal +% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as +% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the +% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. +% +\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} +\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} +\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinerawname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi + \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. } \message{glyphs,} +% and logos. + +% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. +\def\@{\char64 } +\let\atchar=\@ + +% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. +% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do +% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math. +\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}} +\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{ +\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\} +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \ptexc +\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \ptext +\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% + \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt + % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. + % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. + \selectfonts\lllsize A% + \fi + }% + \vss + }}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Some math mode symbols. +\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} +\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} +\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} +\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % @@ -2842,7 +3005,7 @@ end {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. @@ -2991,7 +3154,7 @@ end % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % -\ifx\Orb\undefined +\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi @@ -3019,8 +3182,9 @@ end \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% + \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. @@ -3080,7 +3244,7 @@ end \finishedtitlepagetrue } -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: +% Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} @@ -3113,7 +3277,7 @@ end } -%%% Set up page headings and footings. +% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio @@ -3207,10 +3371,14 @@ end \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff +\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination + \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% + \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% +} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting +\HEADINGSoff % it's the default + % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document @@ -3261,7 +3429,7 @@ end % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined +\ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month @@ -3322,7 +3490,7 @@ end \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % @@ -3808,18 +3976,18 @@ end \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 \fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +% table. If not, do nothing. +% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. \fi} @@ -4134,11 +4302,14 @@ end \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% % - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace + % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy) + % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more + % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we + % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma. + \def\{{{\tt\char123}}% + \def\}{{\tt\char125}}% % % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts @@ -4191,7 +4362,7 @@ end \def\commondummies{% % % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively - % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, + % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. @@ -4210,6 +4381,7 @@ end \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% + \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA @@ -4246,20 +4418,24 @@ end \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro + \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\geq \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright - \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\leq \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds @@ -4316,19 +4492,24 @@ end \definedummyword\b \definedummyword\i \definedummyword\r + \definedummyword\sansserif \definedummyword\sc + \definedummyword\slanted \definedummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \definedummyword\acronym + \definedummyword\anchor \definedummyword\cite \definedummyword\code \definedummyword\command \definedummyword\dfn + \definedummyword\dmn \definedummyword\email \definedummyword\emph \definedummyword\env \definedummyword\file + \definedummyword\indicateurl \definedummyword\kbd \definedummyword\key \definedummyword\math @@ -4356,7 +4537,7 @@ end \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent % \commondummiesnofonts @@ -4368,8 +4549,14 @@ end % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting + % + % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the + % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings + % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }. + \def\{{|a}% + \def\}{|b}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% @@ -4397,6 +4584,7 @@ end % % Assorted special characters. % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\arrow{->}% \def\bullet{bullet}% \def\comma{,}% \def\copyright{copyright}% @@ -4406,10 +4594,12 @@ end \def\error{error}% \def\euro{euro}% \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\geq{>=}% \def\guillemetleft{<<}% \def\guillemetright{>>}% \def\guilsinglleft{<}% \def\guilsinglright{>}% + \def\leq{<=}% \def\minus{-}% \def\point{.}% \def\pounds{pounds}% @@ -4424,6 +4614,9 @@ end \def\result{=>}% \def\textdegree{o}% % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax + \else \indexlquoteignore \fi + % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up @@ -4437,6 +4630,11 @@ end \macrolist } +% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us +% ignore left quotes in the sort term. +{\catcode`\`=\active + \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}} + \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? @@ -4694,7 +4892,6 @@ end % But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to % @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- % ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% % The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. % --kasal, 21nov03 \def\entry{% @@ -4731,10 +4928,17 @@ end % columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % + % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks + % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section + % titles, for instance. + \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% + \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% + % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } +\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent @@ -4967,7 +5171,22 @@ end \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% Let's start with @part. +\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} +\def\partzzz#1{% + \chapoddpage + \null + \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit + \begingroup + \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text + \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with + \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc + \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page + \chapoddpage + \endgroup +} + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 @@ -5046,8 +5265,8 @@ end \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. @@ -5072,8 +5291,8 @@ end % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel + \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: @@ -5085,10 +5304,10 @@ end \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: @@ -5174,7 +5393,8 @@ end \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 @@ -5218,40 +5438,47 @@ end \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. +% \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +% +% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -5259,21 +5486,25 @@ end } % Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +% +% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -5323,14 +5554,13 @@ end % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - \newskip\chapheadingskip +% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will @@ -5340,9 +5570,8 @@ end \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup - \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% - \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% - \hbox to 0pt{}% + \headingsoff + \null \chappager \endgroup \fi @@ -5534,6 +5763,8 @@ end % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% + \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment. + % % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold % @@ -5651,7 +5882,6 @@ end % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % % @section sec-whatever % @deffn def-whatever \penalty 10001 @@ -5785,6 +6015,7 @@ end \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % + \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry @@ -5840,6 +6071,19 @@ end % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... +% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't +% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. +% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. +\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} +\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}} +% +% Parts, in the short toc. +\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% + \penalty-300 + \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip + \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% +} + % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % @@ -5929,9 +6173,9 @@ end \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% @@ -5948,6 +6192,10 @@ end \catcode`\'=\other \escapechar=`\\ % + % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our + % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. + \mathactive + % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc @@ -6051,6 +6299,12 @@ end \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing = t% + % + % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the + % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can + % collide with the section heading. + \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi + % \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop @@ -6064,7 +6318,7 @@ end \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. + \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi @@ -6150,41 +6404,42 @@ end } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} +% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. +\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. +\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% + \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% + \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; +% @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% +\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return + \gobble % eat return } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % -\makedispenv {display}{% +\makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % -\makedispenv{format}{% +\makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble @@ -6203,7 +6458,7 @@ end \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak @@ -6238,6 +6493,8 @@ end % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % +\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} +% \def\quotationstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt @@ -6253,28 +6510,18 @@ end \parsearg\quotationlabel } -\envdef\quotation{% - \setnormaldispenv - \quotationstart -} - -\envdef\smallquotation{% - \setsmalldispenv - \quotationstart -} -\let\Esmallquotation = \Equotation - % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } +\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% @@ -6331,21 +6578,28 @@ end % Setup for the @verbatim environment % -% Real tab expansion +% Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle +% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent, +% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the +% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before +% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands +% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself. +\newbox\verbbox +\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw + \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } \endgroup @@ -6354,15 +6608,16 @@ end \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would + % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode. + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}% \tabexpand \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: + % make each space count. + % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } @@ -6419,6 +6674,7 @@ end \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \input #1 \afterenvbreak }% @@ -6468,7 +6724,7 @@ end % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % - % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling + % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. @@ -6505,7 +6761,7 @@ end #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx @@ -6535,13 +6791,36 @@ end \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun + \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } -%%% Untyped functions: +\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? +\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? + +% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions +% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, +% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. +% +\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} @@ -6560,7 +6839,7 @@ end \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } -%%% Typed functions: +% Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} @@ -6575,10 +6854,11 @@ end % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -%%% Typed variables: +% Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} @@ -6596,7 +6876,7 @@ end \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -%%% Untyped variables: +% Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } @@ -6607,7 +6887,8 @@ end % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } -%%% Type: +% Types: + % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% @@ -6635,25 +6916,49 @@ end % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% + \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function + % on a line by itself. + \rettypeownlinefalse + \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? + % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else + \rettypeownlinetrue + \fi + \fi + % + % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at + % least two. + \tempnum = 2 + % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % + % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. + \ifrettypeownline + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% + \else + \def\maybeshapeline{}% + \fi + % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 % - % Put the type name to the right margin. + % The final paragraph shape: + \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize @@ -6675,8 +6980,16 @@ end % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type + \ifx\temp\empty\else + \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type + \ifrettypeownline + % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: + \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break + \else + \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space + \fi + \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm @@ -6794,7 +7107,7 @@ end % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined +\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% @@ -6805,25 +7118,30 @@ end } \fi -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup -} +\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + % + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had + % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears + % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ + % + % ... and for \example: + \spaceisspace + % + % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as + % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not + % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two + % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX + % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in + % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and + % line-oriented commands. + % + \scantokens{#1\empty}% +\endgroup} \def\scanexp#1{% \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% @@ -6877,17 +7195,18 @@ end % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ +% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. +% % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. - +% % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% +% +\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other @@ -6900,13 +7219,13 @@ end \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi } -\def\scanargctxt{% +\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } -\def\macrobodyctxt{% +\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other @@ -6914,32 +7233,56 @@ end \usembodybackslash } -\def\macroargctxt{% +\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\\=0 } +% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes" +% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands" +% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document. +% +% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for +% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we +% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls): +% +\def\\{\normalbackslash}% +% +% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does. +% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a +% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead. +% +% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind. + % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - +% {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} +\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } + \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% + \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \if\paramno>256\relax + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} + \fi + \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% @@ -6986,46 +7329,269 @@ end % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). +% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names. +\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} +\catcode `@=11\relax +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH +% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If +% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N +% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be +% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. +% +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). +% % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +% +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the +% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is +% processed again to replace the arguments. +% +% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the +% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of +% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input). +% +% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more +% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an +% error is produced. +\def\parsemargdef#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + \let\xeatspaces\relax + \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% + % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments + % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to + % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list + % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments + % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining + % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else + \paramno0\relax + \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments + \fi +} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% + \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} +\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ + \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa + \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% + % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we + % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an + % \xdef . + \expandafter\edef\tempa + {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi\next} + % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% +\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\catcode `\@=11\relax -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +\let\endargs@\relax +\let\nil@\relax +\def\nilm@{\nil@}% +\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% + +% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its +% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros +% macarg.ARGNAME +% +% #1 is the macro name +% #2 is the list of argument names +% #3 is the list of argument values +\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% + \def\macargdeflist@{}% + \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. + \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% + \def\macroname{#1}% + \begingroup + \macroargctxt + \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% + \def\@tempa{#3}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty + \setemptyargvalues@ + \else + \getargvals@@ + \fi +} + +% +\def\getargvals@@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% + \fi + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg + % macros to empty. + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \else + % pop current arg name into \@tempb + \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% + % pop current argument value into \@tempc + \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% + % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. + % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd + \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% + \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% + \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% + \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% + \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ + \let\next\getargvals@@ + \fi + \fi + \next +} + +\def\push@#1#2{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter#1#2}% +} + +% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result +% in macro \@tempa +\def\macvalstoargs@{% + % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed + % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument + % values into respective token registers. + % + % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. + \begingroup + \paramno0\relax + % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument + % value into a new token list register \toks#N + \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% + % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their + % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they + % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . + \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% + % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers + % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after + % group. + \expandafter + \endgroup + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% + } + +\def\macargexpandinbody@{% + %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. + \expandafter + \endgroup + \macargdeflist@ + % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result + % is in \@tempa . + \macvalstoargs@ + % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value + % with \@tempb . + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname + % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing + % \egroup . + \ifx\@tempb\gobble + \let\@tempc\relax + \else + \let\@tempc\egroup + \fi + % And now we do the real job: + \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% + \@tempd +} + +\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next\relax + \else + \let\next\putargsintokens@ + % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary + % alias \@tempb . + \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno + % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname + \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi + \next +} + +% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1 +\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}} +% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1 +\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax} +% newtoks that can be used non \outer . +\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi} + +% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty +\def\setemptyargvalues@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \fi + \next +} + +\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% + \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% + \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ + \def\paramlist{#2}% +} + +% #1 is the element target macro +% #2 is the list macro +% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value +\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \def#1{#3}% + \def#2{#4}% +} +\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \long\def#1{#3}% + \long\def#2{#4}% +} + +% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +% \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive @@ -7040,17 +7606,25 @@ end \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % 10 or more + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble + \fi \fi \else \ifcase\paramno @@ -7067,29 +7641,40 @@ end \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % at most 9 + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % 10 or more: + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse + \fi \fi \fi} +\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax + \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg). +% \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else @@ -7099,7 +7684,8 @@ end % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% @@ -7120,7 +7706,8 @@ end % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% + \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in @@ -7181,11 +7768,32 @@ end \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout + \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } +% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used +% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. +% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title +% variable, now it's official. +% +\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + + % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed @@ -7202,7 +7810,7 @@ end \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else @@ -7231,9 +7839,8 @@ end % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. \getfilename{#4}% % - % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% @@ -7357,7 +7964,8 @@ end \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue @@ -7521,7 +8129,7 @@ end % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 @@ -7584,6 +8192,8 @@ end % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut + % + % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 @@ -7671,7 +8281,7 @@ end it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifx\epsfbox\thisiundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% @@ -7687,7 +8297,7 @@ end % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example @@ -8136,7 +8746,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} + \gdef^^a0{\tie} \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} @@ -8166,7 +8776,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^b9{$^1$} \gdef^^ba{\ordm} % - \gdef^^bb{\guilletright} + \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright} \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} @@ -8258,7 +8868,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} + \gdef^^a0{\tie} \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdef^^a2{\u{}} \gdef^^a3{\L} @@ -8339,8 +8949,8 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\v e} - \gdef^^ed{\'\i} - \gdef^^ee{\^\i} + \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} + \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdef^^ef{\v d} % \gdef^^f0{\dh} @@ -8431,7 +9041,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% + %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% \begingroup \parseXMLCharref \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% @@ -8899,8 +9509,8 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 +% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 @@ -9107,28 +9717,21 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} +\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment + % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} +\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} +\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} +\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} +\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} +\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} +\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, @@ -9206,14 +9809,24 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active -@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} +\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. + +% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont +% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char +% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets +% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always +% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar, +% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; +% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the +% usual hex value because it has already been made active. +@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} +@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. + % On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: % @let \ = @normalbackslash - % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. +% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these. @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} @@ -9221,16 +9834,16 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % the literal character `\'. % @def@normalturnoffactive{% - @let\=@normalbackslash @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let~=@normaltilde + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @let+=@normalplus + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let\=@normalbackslash @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @let~=@normaltilde @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @unsepspaces @@ -9262,10 +9875,19 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.} % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ +% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need +% active definitions as the normal characters. +@def@normaldot{.} +@def@normalquest{?} +@def@normalslash{/} + % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other +% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. +@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} +@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} +@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} + +@let @hashchar = @normalhash @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we diff --git a/doc/tinc.conf.5.in b/doc/tinc.conf.5.in index ce69030..a6ae4f5 100644 --- a/doc/tinc.conf.5.in +++ b/doc/tinc.conf.5.in @@ -133,7 +133,10 @@ IPv6 listening sockets will be created. If your computer has more than one IPv4 or IPv6 address, .Nm tinc will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. -It is possible to bind only to a single address with this variable. +Multiple +.Va BindToAddress +variables may be specified, +in which case listening sockets for each specified address are made. .Pp This option may not work on all platforms. @@ -147,6 +150,9 @@ It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable. .Pp This option may not work on all platforms. +.It Va Broadcast Li = yes | no Po yes Pc Bq experimental +When disabled, tinc will drop all broadcast and multicast packets, in both router and switch mode. + .It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup. Multiple @@ -165,6 +171,14 @@ If you don't specify a host with won't try to connect to other daemons at all, and will instead just listen for incoming connections. +.It Va DecrementTTL Li = yes | no Po yes Pc +When enabled, +.Nm tinc +will decrement the Time To Live field in IPv4 packets, or the Hop Limit field in IPv6 packets, +before forwarding a received packet to the virtual network device or to another node, +and will drop packets that have a TTL value of zero, +in which case it will send an ICMP Time Exceeded packet back. + .It Va Device Li = Ar device Po Pa /dev/tap0 , Pa /dev/net/tun No or other depending on platform Pc The virtual network device to use. .Nm tinc @@ -177,30 +191,65 @@ instead of The info pages of the tinc package contain more information about configuring the virtual network device. -.It Va DeviceType Li = tun | tunnohead | tunifhead | tap Po only supported on BSD platforms Pc +.It Va DeviceType Li = Ar type Pq platform dependent The type of the virtual network device. -Tinc will normally automatically select the right type, and this option should not be used. -However, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets received from the virtual network device, -using this option might help. +Tinc will normally automatically select the right type of tun/tap interface, and this option should not be used. +However, this option can be used to select one of the special interface types, if support for them is compiled in. .Bl -tag -width indent -.It tun +.It dummy +Use a dummy interface. +No packets are ever read or written to a virtual network device. +Useful for testing, or when setting up a node that only forwards packets for other nodes. + +.It raw_socket +Open a raw socket, and bind it to a pre-existing +.Va Interface +(eth0 by default). +All packets are read from this interface. +Packets received for the local node are written to the raw socket. +However, at least on Linux, the operating system does not process IP packets destined for the local host. + +.It uml Pq not compiled in by default +Create a UNIX socket with the filename specified by +.Va Device , +or +.Pa @localstatedir@/run/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .umlsocket +if not specified. +.Nm tinc +will wait for a User Mode Linux instance to connect to this socket. + +.It vde Pq not compiled in by default +Uses the libvdeplug library to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch, +using the UNIX socket specified by +.Va Device , +or +.Pa @localstatedir@/run/vde.ctl +if not specified. +.El + +Also, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets received from the virtual network device, +it can be used to change the way packets are interpreted: + +.Bl -tag -width indent + +.It tun Pq BSD and Linux Set type to tun. Depending on the platform, this can either be with or without an address family header (see below). -.It tunnohead +.It tunnohead Pq BSD Set type to tun without an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an IP header. On some platforms IPv6 packets cannot be read from or written to the device in this mode. -.It tunifhead +.It tunifhead Pq BSD Set type to tun with an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with a four byte header containing the address family, followed by an IP header. This mode should support both IPv4 and IPv6 packets. -.It tap +.It tap Pq BSD and Linux Set type to tap. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an Ethernet header. @@ -271,6 +320,18 @@ This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers, even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key. +.It Va LocalDiscovery Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental +When enabled, +.Nm tinc +will try to detect peers that are on the same local network. +This will allow direct communication using LAN addresses, even if both peers are behind a NAT +and they only ConnectTo a third node outside the NAT, +which normally would prevent the peers from learning each other's LAN address. + +.Pp +Currently, local discovery is implemented by sending broadcast packets to the LAN during path MTU discovery. +This feature may not work in all possible situations. + .It Va MACExpire Li = Ar seconds Pq 600 This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed. This only has effect when diff --git a/doc/tinc.info b/doc/tinc.info index 265c685..7039e00 100644 --- a/doc/tinc.info +++ b/doc/tinc.info @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY - This is the info manual for tinc version 1.0.15, a Virtual Private + This is the info manual for tinc version 1.0.17, a Virtual Private Network daemon. - Copyright (C) 1998-2011 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen + Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers . Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this @@ -686,8 +686,9 @@ AddressFamily = (any) BindToAddress =
[experimental] If your computer has more than one IPv4 or IPv6 address, tinc will - by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. It is - possible to bind only to a single address with this variable. + by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. + Multiple BindToAddress variables may be specified, in which case + listening sockets for each specified address are made. This option may not work on all platforms. @@ -699,6 +700,10 @@ BindToInterface = [experimental] This option may not work on all platforms. +Broadcast = (yes) [experimental] + When disabled, tinc will drop all broadcast and multicast packets, + in both router and switch mode. + ConnectTo = Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup. Multiple ConnectTo variables may be specified, in which case @@ -710,6 +715,13 @@ ConnectTo = connect to other daemons at all, and will instead just listen for incoming connections. +DecrementTTL = (yes) + When enabled, tinc will decrement the Time To Live field in IPv4 + packets, or the Hop Limit field in IPv6 packets, before forwarding + a received packet to the virtual network device or to another node, + and will drop packets that have a TTL value of zero, in which case + it will send an ICMP Time Exceeded packet back. + Device = (`/dev/tap0', `/dev/net/tun' or other depending on platform) The virtual network device to use. Tinc will automatically detect what kind of device it is. Note that you can only use one device @@ -717,31 +729,57 @@ Device = (`/dev/tap0', `/dev/net/tun' or other depending on platform) that you can only use one device per daemon. See also *note Device files::. -DeviceType = (only supported on BSD platforms) +DeviceType = (platform dependent) The type of the virtual network device. Tinc will normally - automatically select the right type, and this option should not be - used. However, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret - packets received from the virtual network device, using this - option might help. + automatically select the right type of tun/tap interface, and this + option should not be used. However, this option can be used to + select one of the special interface types, if support for them is + compiled in. - tun + dummy + Use a dummy interface. No packets are ever read or written + to a virtual network device. Useful for testing, or when + setting up a node that only forwards packets for other nodes. + + raw_socket + Open a raw socket, and bind it to a pre-existing INTERFACE + (eth0 by default). All packets are read from this interface. + Packets received for the local node are written to the raw + socket. However, at least on Linux, the operating system + does not process IP packets destined for the local host. + + uml (not compiled in by default) + Create a UNIX socket with the filename specified by DEVICE, + or `/var/run/NETNAME.umlsocket' if not specified. Tinc will + wait for a User Mode Linux instance to connect to this socket. + + vde (not compiled in by default) + Uses the libvdeplug library to connect to a Virtual + Distributed Ethernet switch, using the UNIX socket specified + by DEVICE, or `/var/run/vde.ctl' if not specified. + + Also, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets + received from the virtual network device, it can be used to change + the way packets are interpreted: + + tun (BSD and Linux) Set type to tun. Depending on the platform, this can either be with or without an address family header (see below). - tunnohead + tunnohead (BSD) Set type to tun without an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an IP header. On some platforms IPv6 packets cannot be read from or written to the device in this mode. - tunifhead + tunifhead (BSD) Set type to tun with an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with a four byte header containing the address family, followed by an IP header. This mode should support both IPv4 and IPv6 packets. - tap + tap (BSD and Linux) Set type to tap. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an Ethernet header. @@ -798,6 +836,17 @@ Interface = interface will be used. If you specified a Device, this variable is almost always already correctly set. +LocalDiscovery = (no) [experimental] + When enabled, tinc will try to detect peers that are on the same + local network. This will allow direct communication using LAN + addresses, even if both peers are behind a NAT and they only + ConnectTo a third node outside the NAT, which normally would + prevent the peers from learning each other's LAN address. + + Currently, local discovery is implemented by sending broadcast + packets to the LAN during path MTU discovery. This feature may + not work in all possible situations. + Mode = (router) This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons. @@ -1443,6 +1492,13 @@ command line options. (you can use the -c or -n option in combination with -K). After that, tinc will quit. +`-o, --option=[HOST.]KEY=VALUE' + Without specifying a HOST, this will set server configuration + variable KEY to VALUE. If specified as HOST.KEY=VALUE, this will + set the host configuration variable KEY of the host named HOST to + VALUE. This option can be used more than once to specify multiple + configuration variables. + `-L, --mlock' Lock tinc into main memory. This will prevent sensitive data like shared private keys to be written to the system swap @@ -2290,7 +2346,9 @@ Concept Index * BindToAddress: Main configuration variables. (line 12) * BindToInterface: Main configuration variables. - (line 19) + (line 20) +* Broadcast: Main configuration variables. + (line 28) * Cabal: Security. (line 6) * CHAL_REPLY: Authentication protocol. (line 10) @@ -2309,23 +2367,27 @@ Concept Index (line 24) * connection: The connection. (line 6) * ConnectTo: Main configuration variables. - (line 27) + (line 32) * daemon: Running tinc. (line 11) * data-protocol: The meta-connection. (line 18) * debug level: Runtime options. (line 17) * debug levels: Debug levels. (line 6) +* DecrementTTL: Main configuration variables. + (line 43) * DEL_EDGE: The meta-protocol. (line 47) * DEL_SUBNET: The meta-protocol. (line 47) * DEVICE: Scripts. (line 55) * Device: Main configuration variables. - (line 38) + (line 50) * device files: Device files. (line 6) * DeviceType: Main configuration variables. - (line 45) + (line 57) * Digest: Host configuration variables. (line 29) * DirectOnly: Main configuration variables. - (line 73) + (line 111) +* dummy: Main configuration variables. + (line 64) * encapsulating: The UDP tunnel. (line 30) * encryption: Encryption of network packets. (line 6) @@ -2333,42 +2395,44 @@ Concept Index * example: Example configuration. (line 6) * Forwarding: Main configuration variables. - (line 80) + (line 118) * frame type: The UDP tunnel. (line 6) * GraphDumpFile: Main configuration variables. - (line 100) + (line 138) * Hostnames: Main configuration variables. - (line 108) + (line 146) * hub: Main configuration variables. - (line 149) + (line 198) * ID: Authentication protocol. (line 10) * IndirectData: Host configuration variables. (line 34) * INTERFACE: Scripts. (line 58) * Interface: Main configuration variables. - (line 118) + (line 156) * IRC: Contact information. (line 9) * key generation: Generating keypairs. (line 6) * KEY_CHANGED: The meta-protocol. (line 64) * KeyExpire: Main configuration variables. - (line 154) + (line 203) * libraries: Libraries. (line 6) * license: OpenSSL. (line 36) +* LocalDiscovery: Main configuration variables. + (line 164) * lzo: lzo. (line 6) * MACExpire: Main configuration variables. - (line 160) + (line 209) * MACLength: Host configuration variables. (line 42) * meta-protocol: The meta-connection. (line 18) * META_KEY: Authentication protocol. (line 10) * Mode: Main configuration variables. - (line 126) + (line 175) * multiple networks: Multiple networks. (line 6) * NAME: Scripts. (line 52) * Name: Main configuration variables. - (line 165) + (line 214) * netmask: Network interfaces. (line 34) * NETNAME: Scripts. (line 49) * netname: Multiple networks. (line 6) @@ -2381,9 +2445,9 @@ Concept Index (line 67) * PING: The meta-protocol. (line 89) * PingInterval: Main configuration variables. - (line 170) + (line 219) * PingTimeout: Main configuration variables. - (line 174) + (line 223) * platforms: Supported platforms. (line 6) * PMTU: Host configuration variables. (line 47) @@ -2394,28 +2458,30 @@ Concept Index (line 55) * port numbers: Other files. (line 17) * PriorityInheritance: Main configuration variables. - (line 180) + (line 229) * private: Virtual Private Networks. (line 10) * PrivateKey: Main configuration variables. - (line 185) + (line 234) * PrivateKeyFile: Main configuration variables. - (line 191) + (line 240) * ProcessPriority: Main configuration variables. - (line 199) + (line 248) * PublicKey: Host configuration variables. (line 59) * PublicKeyFile: Host configuration variables. (line 62) +* raw_socket: Main configuration variables. + (line 69) * release: Supported platforms. (line 14) * REMOTEADDRESS: Scripts. (line 67) * REMOTEPORT: Scripts. (line 70) * ReplayWindow: Main configuration variables. - (line 204) + (line 253) * REQ_KEY: The meta-protocol. (line 64) * requirements: Libraries. (line 6) * router: Main configuration variables. - (line 129) + (line 178) * runtime options: Runtime options. (line 9) * scalability: tinc. (line 19) * scripts: Scripts. (line 6) @@ -2423,7 +2489,7 @@ Concept Index (line 18) * signals: Signals. (line 6) * StrictSubnets: Main configuration variables. - (line 215) + (line 264) * SUBNET: Scripts. (line 74) * Subnet: Host configuration variables. (line 74) @@ -2431,7 +2497,7 @@ Concept Index (line 97) * SVPN: Security. (line 11) * switch: Main configuration variables. - (line 138) + (line 187) * TCP: The meta-connection. (line 10) * TCPonly: Host configuration variables. (line 104) @@ -2443,20 +2509,24 @@ Concept Index * tincd: tinc. (line 14) * traditional VPNs: tinc. (line 19) * tunifhead: Main configuration variables. - (line 62) + (line 100) * TunnelServer: Main configuration variables. - (line 220) + (line 269) * tunnohead: Main configuration variables. - (line 56) + (line 94) * UDP <1>: Encryption of network packets. (line 12) * UDP: The UDP tunnel. (line 30) * UDPRcvBuf: Main configuration variables. - (line 227) + (line 276) * UDPSndBuf: Main configuration variables. - (line 232) + (line 281) +* UML: Main configuration variables. + (line 76) * Universal tun/tap: Configuration of Linux kernels. (line 6) +* VDE: Main configuration variables. + (line 81) * virtual: Virtual Private Networks. (line 18) * virtual network device: The UDP tunnel. (line 6) @@ -2502,34 +2572,34 @@ Node: Multiple networks21169 Node: How connections work22595 Node: Configuration files23817 Node: Main configuration variables25204 -Node: Host configuration variables35709 -Node: Scripts41120 -Node: How to configure43890 -Node: Generating keypairs45153 -Node: Network interfaces45652 -Node: Example configuration47500 -Node: Running tinc52823 -Node: Runtime options53413 -Node: Signals56369 -Node: Debug levels57561 -Node: Solving problems58497 -Node: Error messages60049 -Node: Sending bug reports64062 -Node: Technical information65014 -Node: The connection65245 -Node: The UDP tunnel65557 -Node: The meta-connection68618 -Node: The meta-protocol70087 -Node: Security75096 -Node: Authentication protocol76226 -Node: Encryption of network packets81230 -Node: Security issues82603 -Node: Platform specific information84220 -Node: Interface configuration84448 -Node: Routes86347 -Node: About us88263 -Node: Contact information88438 -Node: Authors88842 -Node: Concept Index89247 +Node: Host configuration variables38105 +Node: Scripts43516 +Node: How to configure46286 +Node: Generating keypairs47549 +Node: Network interfaces48048 +Node: Example configuration49896 +Node: Running tinc55219 +Node: Runtime options55809 +Node: Signals59109 +Node: Debug levels60301 +Node: Solving problems61237 +Node: Error messages62789 +Node: Sending bug reports66802 +Node: Technical information67754 +Node: The connection67985 +Node: The UDP tunnel68297 +Node: The meta-connection71358 +Node: The meta-protocol72827 +Node: Security77836 +Node: Authentication protocol78966 +Node: Encryption of network packets83970 +Node: Security issues85343 +Node: Platform specific information86960 +Node: Interface configuration87188 +Node: Routes89087 +Node: About us91003 +Node: Contact information91178 +Node: Authors91582 +Node: Concept Index91987  End Tag Table diff --git a/doc/tinc.texi b/doc/tinc.texi index 52a0ecc..aedde3f 100644 --- a/doc/tinc.texi +++ b/doc/tinc.texi @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ This is the info manual for @value{PACKAGE} version @value{VERSION}, a Virtual Private Network daemon. -Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2011 Ivo Timmermans, +Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2012 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers . @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ permission notice identical to this one. @vskip 0pt plus 1filll This is the info manual for @value{PACKAGE} version @value{VERSION}, a Virtual Private Network daemon. -Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2011 Ivo Timmermans, +Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2012 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers . @@ -759,7 +759,8 @@ both IPv4 and IPv6 or just IPv6 listening sockets will be created. @item BindToAddress = <@var{address}> [experimental] If your computer has more than one IPv4 or IPv6 address, tinc will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. -It is possible to bind only to a single address with this variable. +Multiple BindToAddress variables may be specified, +in which case listening sockets for each specified address are made. This option may not work on all platforms. @@ -772,6 +773,10 @@ variable. This option may not work on all platforms. +@cindex Broadcast +@item Broadcast = (yes) [experimental] +When disabled, tinc will drop all broadcast and multicast packets, in both router and switch mode. + @cindex ConnectTo @item ConnectTo = <@var{name}> Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup. @@ -784,6 +789,13 @@ If you don't specify a host with ConnectTo, tinc won't try to connect to other daemons at all, and will instead just listen for incoming connections. +@cindex DecrementTTL +@item DecrementTTL = (yes) +When enabled, tinc will decrement the Time To Live field in IPv4 packets, or the Hop Limit field in IPv6 packets, +before forwarding a received packet to the virtual network device or to another node, +and will drop packets that have a TTL value of zero, +in which case it will send an ICMP Time Exceeded packet back. + @cindex Device @item Device = <@var{device}> (@file{/dev/tap0}, @file{/dev/net/tun} or other depending on platform) The virtual network device to use. @@ -794,32 +806,64 @@ Note that you can only use one device per daemon. See also @ref{Device files}. @cindex DeviceType -@item DeviceType = (only supported on BSD platforms) +@item DeviceType = <@var{type}> (platform dependent) The type of the virtual network device. -Tinc will normally automatically select the right type, and this option should not be used. -However, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets received from the virtual network device, -using this option might help. +Tinc will normally automatically select the right type of tun/tap interface, and this option should not be used. +However, this option can be used to select one of the special interface types, if support for them is compiled in. @table @asis -@item tun +@cindex dummy +@item dummy +Use a dummy interface. +No packets are ever read or written to a virtual network device. +Useful for testing, or when setting up a node that only forwards packets for other nodes. + +@cindex raw_socket +@item raw_socket +Open a raw socket, and bind it to a pre-existing +@var{Interface} (eth0 by default). +All packets are read from this interface. +Packets received for the local node are written to the raw socket. +However, at least on Linux, the operating system does not process IP packets destined for the local host. + +@cindex UML +@item uml (not compiled in by default) +Create a UNIX socket with the filename specified by +@var{Device}, or @file{@value{localstatedir}/run/@var{netname}.umlsocket} +if not specified. +Tinc will wait for a User Mode Linux instance to connect to this socket. + +@cindex VDE +@item vde (not compiled in by default) +Uses the libvdeplug library to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch, +using the UNIX socket specified by +@var{Device}, or @file{@value{localstatedir}/run/vde.ctl} +if not specified. +@end table + +Also, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets received from the virtual network device, +it can be used to change the way packets are interpreted: + +@table @asis +@item tun (BSD and Linux) Set type to tun. Depending on the platform, this can either be with or without an address family header (see below). @cindex tunnohead -@item tunnohead +@item tunnohead (BSD) Set type to tun without an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an IP header. On some platforms IPv6 packets cannot be read from or written to the device in this mode. @cindex tunifhead -@item tunifhead +@item tunifhead (BSD) Set type to tun with an address family header. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with a four byte header containing the address family, followed by an IP header. This mode should support both IPv4 and IPv6 packets. -@item tap +@item tap (BSD and Linux) Set type to tap. Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an Ethernet header. @@ -879,6 +923,16 @@ Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not act Under Windows, this variable is used to select which network interface will be used. If you specified a Device, this variable is almost always already correctly set. +@cindex LocalDiscovery +@item LocalDiscovery = (no) [experimental] +When enabled, tinc will try to detect peers that are on the same local network. +This will allow direct communication using LAN addresses, even if both peers are behind a NAT +and they only ConnectTo a third node outside the NAT, +which normally would prevent the peers from learning each other's LAN address. + +Currently, local discovery is implemented by sending broadcast packets to the LAN during path MTU discovery. +This feature may not work in all possible situations. + @cindex Mode @item Mode = (router) This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons. @@ -1577,6 +1631,12 @@ Generate public/private keypair of @var{bits} length. If @var{bits} is not speci but will default to the configuration directory (you can use the -c or -n option in combination with -K). After that, tinc will quit. +@item -o, --option=[@var{HOST}.]@var{KEY}=@var{VALUE} +Without specifying a @var{HOST}, this will set server configuration variable @var{KEY} to @var{VALUE}. +If specified as @var{HOST}.@var{KEY}=@var{VALUE}, +this will set the host configuration variable @var{KEY} of the host named @var{HOST} to @var{VALUE}. +This option can be used more than once to specify multiple configuration variables. + @item -L, --mlock Lock tinc into main memory. This will prevent sensitive data like shared private keys to be written to the system swap files/partitions. diff --git a/doc/tincd.8.in b/doc/tincd.8.in index 5ea08c0..b117e8a 100644 --- a/doc/tincd.8.in +++ b/doc/tincd.8.in @@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ .Nd tinc VPN daemon .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm -.Op Fl cdDkKnLRU +.Op Fl cdDkKnoLRU .Op Fl -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR .Op Fl -no-detach .Op Fl -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL .Op Fl -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL .Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME .Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS +.Op Fl -option Ns = Ns Ar [HOST.]KEY=VALUE .Op Fl -mlock .Op Fl -logfile Ns Op = Ns Ar FILE .Op Fl -pidfile Ns = Ns Ar FILE @@ -79,6 +80,22 @@ If is omitted, the default length will be 2048 bits. When saving keys to existing files, tinc will not delete the old keys, you have to remove them manually. +.It Fl o, -option Ns = Ns Ar [HOST.]KEY=VALUE +Without specifying a +.Ar HOST , +this will set server configuration variable +.Ar KEY +to +.Ar VALUE . +If specified as +.Ar HOST.KEY=VALUE , +this will set the host configuration variable +.Ar KEY +of the host named +.Ar HOST +to +.Ar VALUE . +This option can be used more than once to specify multiple configuration variables. .It Fl L, -mlock Lock tinc into main memory. This will prevent sensitive data like shared private keys to be written to the system swap files/partitions. diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh index 6781b98..a9244eb 100755 --- a/install-sh +++ b/install-sh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC +scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the @@ -156,6 +156,10 @@ while test $# -ne 0; do -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -t) dst_arg=$2 + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac shift;; -T) no_target_directory=true;; @@ -186,6 +190,10 @@ if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac done fi @@ -200,7 +208,11 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' + trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 + trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 + trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 + trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. @@ -228,9 +240,9 @@ fi for src do - # Protect names starting with `-'. + # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities. case $src in - -*) src=./$src;; + -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then @@ -252,12 +264,7 @@ do echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi - dst=$dst_arg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst;; - esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. @@ -385,7 +392,7 @@ do case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; - -*) prefix='./';; + [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac @@ -403,7 +410,7 @@ do for d do - test -z "$d" && continue + test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then diff --git a/lib/Makefile.in b/lib/Makefile.in index 1ca27bb..299e2ec 100644 --- a/lib/Makefile.in +++ b/lib/Makefile.in @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attribute.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/zlib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): clean-noinstLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES) -libvpn.a: $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES) +libvpn.a: $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES) -rm -f libvpn.a $(libvpn_a_AR) libvpn.a $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_LIBADD) $(RANLIB) libvpn.a @@ -349,10 +349,15 @@ install-am: all-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: diff --git a/lib/ipv4.h b/lib/ipv4.h index 940c239..bd63ad0 100644 --- a/lib/ipv4.h +++ b/lib/ipv4.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* ipv4.h -- missing IPv4 related definitions Copyright (C) 2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2006 Guus Sliepen + 2006-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -41,6 +41,14 @@ #define ICMP_NET_UNKNOWN 6 #endif +#ifndef ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED +#define ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED 11 +#endif + +#ifndef ICMP_EXC_TTL +#define ICMP_EXC_TTL 0 +#endif + #ifndef ICMP_NET_UNREACH #define ICMP_NET_UNREACH 0 #endif diff --git a/lib/ipv6.h b/lib/ipv6.h index d98001d..6a4466f 100644 --- a/lib/ipv6.h +++ b/lib/ipv6.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* ipv6.h -- missing IPv6 related definitions Copyright (C) 2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2006 Guus Sliepen + 2006-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -95,8 +95,10 @@ struct icmp6_hdr { #define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOROUTE 0 #define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH 1 #define ICMP6_PACKET_TOO_BIG 2 +#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED 3 #define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN 1 #define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADDR 3 +#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT 0 #define ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT 135 #define ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT 136 #define icmp6_data32 icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data32 diff --git a/m4/Makefile.in b/m4/Makefile.in index a1736b8..1992721 100644 --- a/m4/Makefile.in +++ b/m4/Makefile.in @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attribute.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/zlib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @@ -232,10 +232,15 @@ install-am: all-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: diff --git a/missing b/missing index 28055d2..86a8fc3 100755 --- a/missing +++ b/missing @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC +scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ Supported PROGRAM values: help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file - tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and @@ -122,15 +121,6 @@ case $1 in # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ;; - tar*) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - *) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. @@ -226,7 +216,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + eval LASTARG=\${$#} case $LASTARG in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` @@ -256,7 +246,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + eval LASTARG=\${$#} case $LASTARG in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` @@ -318,41 +308,6 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if touch $file ;; - tar*) - shift - - # We have already tried tar in the generic part. - # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error - # messages. - if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gnutar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gtar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - firstarg="$1" - if shift; then - case $firstarg in - *o*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - case $firstarg in - *h*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - fi - - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. - You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the - command line arguments." - exit 1 - ;; - *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4191a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy + +scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC + +# Original author: Noah Friedman +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain. +# +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" +errstatus=0 +dirmode= + +usage="\ +Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ... + +Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all +leading file name components. + +Report bugs to ." + +# process command line arguments +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help + echo "$usage" + exit $? + ;; + -m) # -m PERM arg + shift + test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + dirmode=$1 + shift + ;; + --version) + echo "$0 $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; + --) # stop option processing + shift + break + ;; + -*) # unknown option + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + *) # first non-opt arg + break + ;; + esac +done + +for file +do + if test -d "$file"; then + shift + else + break + fi +done + +case $# in + 0) exit 0 ;; +esac + +# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and +# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing, +# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with +# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs +# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict +# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe. +case $dirmode in + '') + if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then + echo "mkdir -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -p -- "$@" + else + # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not + # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as + # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already + # exists. + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version + fi + ;; + *) + if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test ! -d ./--version; then + echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" + else + # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir. + for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode"; + do + test -d $d && rmdir $d + done + fi + ;; +esac + +for file +do + case $file in + /*) pathcomp=/ ;; + *) pathcomp= ;; + esac + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + set fnord $file + shift + IFS=$oIFS + + for d + do + test "x$d" = x && continue + + pathcomp=$pathcomp$d + case $pathcomp in + -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + else + if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then + echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" + lasterr= + chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + fi + fi + + pathcomp=$pathcomp/ + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am index ff011f8..aca0e2d 100644 --- a/src/Makefile.am +++ b/src/Makefile.am @@ -2,11 +2,20 @@ sbin_PROGRAMS = tincd -EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c bsd/device.c solaris/device.c cygwin/device.c mingw/device.c mingw/common.h raw_socket/device.c uml_socket/device.c +EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c bsd/device.c solaris/device.c cygwin/device.c mingw/device.c mingw/common.h tincd_SOURCES = conf.c connection.c edge.c event.c graph.c logger.c meta.c net.c net_packet.c net_setup.c \ net_socket.c netutl.c node.c process.c protocol.c protocol_auth.c protocol_edge.c protocol_misc.c \ - protocol_key.c protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c + protocol_key.c protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c \ + dummy_device.c raw_socket_device.c + +if UML +tincd_SOURCES += uml_device.c +endif + +if VDE +tincd_SOURCES += vde_device.c +endif if TUNEMU tincd_SOURCES += bsd/tunemu.c diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in index cbb8594..d1d3989 100644 --- a/src/Makefile.in +++ b/src/Makefile.in @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -36,8 +36,10 @@ POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ sbin_PROGRAMS = tincd$(EXEEXT) -@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__append_1 = bsd/tunemu.c -@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__append_2 = -lpcap +@UML_TRUE@am__append_1 = uml_device.c +@VDE_TRUE@am__append_2 = vde_device.c +@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__append_3 = bsd/tunemu.c +@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__append_4 = -lpcap subdir = src DIST_COMMON = $(noinst_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in @@ -47,7 +49,7 @@ am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/attribute.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/zlib.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @@ -57,8 +59,11 @@ am__tincd_SOURCES_DIST = conf.c connection.c edge.c event.c graph.c \ logger.c meta.c net.c net_packet.c net_setup.c net_socket.c \ netutl.c node.c process.c protocol.c protocol_auth.c \ protocol_edge.c protocol_misc.c protocol_key.c \ - protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c bsd/tunemu.c -@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__objects_1 = tunemu.$(OBJEXT) + protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c dummy_device.c \ + raw_socket_device.c uml_device.c vde_device.c bsd/tunemu.c +@UML_TRUE@am__objects_1 = uml_device.$(OBJEXT) +@VDE_TRUE@am__objects_2 = vde_device.$(OBJEXT) +@TUNEMU_TRUE@am__objects_3 = tunemu.$(OBJEXT) am_tincd_OBJECTS = conf.$(OBJEXT) connection.$(OBJEXT) edge.$(OBJEXT) \ event.$(OBJEXT) graph.$(OBJEXT) logger.$(OBJEXT) \ meta.$(OBJEXT) net.$(OBJEXT) net_packet.$(OBJEXT) \ @@ -67,7 +72,9 @@ am_tincd_OBJECTS = conf.$(OBJEXT) connection.$(OBJEXT) edge.$(OBJEXT) \ protocol_auth.$(OBJEXT) protocol_edge.$(OBJEXT) \ protocol_misc.$(OBJEXT) protocol_key.$(OBJEXT) \ protocol_subnet.$(OBJEXT) route.$(OBJEXT) subnet.$(OBJEXT) \ - tincd.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1) + tincd.$(OBJEXT) dummy_device.$(OBJEXT) \ + raw_socket_device.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1) $(am__objects_2) \ + $(am__objects_3) nodist_tincd_OBJECTS = device.$(OBJEXT) tincd_OBJECTS = $(am_tincd_OBJECTS) $(nodist_tincd_OBJECTS) tincd_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/lib/libvpn.a @@ -113,7 +120,7 @@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ $(am__append_2) +LIBS = @LIBS@ $(am__append_4) LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ @@ -183,12 +190,13 @@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c bsd/device.c solaris/device.c cygwin/device.c mingw/device.c mingw/common.h raw_socket/device.c uml_socket/device.c +EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c bsd/device.c solaris/device.c cygwin/device.c mingw/device.c mingw/common.h tincd_SOURCES = conf.c connection.c edge.c event.c graph.c logger.c \ meta.c net.c net_packet.c net_setup.c net_socket.c netutl.c \ node.c process.c protocol.c protocol_auth.c protocol_edge.c \ protocol_misc.c protocol_key.c protocol_subnet.c route.c \ - subnet.c tincd.c $(am__append_1) + subnet.c tincd.c dummy_device.c raw_socket_device.c \ + $(am__append_1) $(am__append_2) $(am__append_3) nodist_tincd_SOURCES = device.c DEFAULT_INCLUDES = noinst_HEADERS = conf.h connection.h device.h edge.h event.h graph.h logger.h meta.h net.h netutl.h node.h process.h \ @@ -269,7 +277,7 @@ uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS: clean-sbinPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS) -tincd$(EXEEXT): $(tincd_OBJECTS) $(tincd_DEPENDENCIES) +tincd$(EXEEXT): $(tincd_OBJECTS) $(tincd_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_tincd_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f tincd$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(tincd_OBJECTS) $(tincd_LDADD) $(LIBS) @@ -282,6 +290,7 @@ distclean-compile: @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/conf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/connection.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/device.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/dummy_device.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/edge.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/event.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/graph.Po@am__quote@ @@ -300,10 +309,13 @@ distclean-compile: @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/protocol_key.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/protocol_misc.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/protocol_subnet.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/raw_socket_device.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/route.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/subnet.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tincd.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tunemu.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/uml_device.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/vde_device.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @@ -435,10 +447,15 @@ install-am: all-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: diff --git a/src/bsd/device.c b/src/bsd/device.c index a41827f..45c2d5f 100644 --- a/src/bsd/device.c +++ b/src/bsd/device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- Interaction BSD tun/tap device Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2001-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen 2009 Grzegorz Dymarek This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static device_type_t device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUNIFHEAD; static device_type_t device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUN; #endif -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { char *type; if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) @@ -106,6 +106,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + switch(device_type) { default: device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUN; @@ -175,7 +179,7 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { switch(device_type) { #ifdef HAVE_TUNEMU case DEVICE_TYPE_TUNEMU: @@ -190,7 +194,7 @@ void close_device(void) { free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; switch(device_type) { @@ -282,7 +286,7 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s", packet->len, device_info); @@ -351,8 +355,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t os_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/conf.c b/src/conf.c index 1560541..0fc9d8f 100644 --- a/src/conf.c +++ b/src/conf.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ conf.c -- configuration code Copyright (C) 1998 Robert van der Meulen 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2010-2011 Julien Muchembled 2000 Cris van Pelt @@ -400,6 +400,70 @@ bool read_connection_config(connection_t *c) { return x; } +static void disable_old_keys(const char *filename) { + char tmpfile[PATH_MAX] = ""; + char buf[1024]; + bool disabled = false; + FILE *r, *w; + + r = fopen(filename, "r"); + if(!r) + return; + + snprintf(tmpfile, sizeof tmpfile, "%s.tmp", filename); + + w = fopen(tmpfile, "w"); + + while(fgets(buf, sizeof buf, r)) { + if(!strncmp(buf, "-----BEGIN RSA", 14)) { + buf[11] = 'O'; + buf[12] = 'L'; + buf[13] = 'D'; + disabled = true; + } + else if(!strncmp(buf, "-----END RSA", 12)) { + buf[ 9] = 'O'; + buf[10] = 'L'; + buf[11] = 'D'; + disabled = true; + } + if(w && fputs(buf, w) < 0) { + disabled = false; + break; + } + } + + if(w) + fclose(w); + fclose(r); + + if(!w && disabled) { + fprintf(stderr, "Warning: old key(s) found, remove them by hand!\n"); + return; + } + + if(disabled) { +#ifdef HAVE_MINGW + // We cannot atomically replace files on Windows. + char bakfile[PATH_MAX] = ""; + snprintf(bakfile, sizeof bakfile, "%s.bak", filename); + if(rename(filename, bakfile) || rename(tmpfile, filename)) { + rename(bakfile, filename); +#else + if(rename(tmpfile, filename)) { +#endif + fprintf(stderr, "Warning: old key(s) found, remove them by hand!\n"); + } else { +#ifdef HAVE_MINGW + unlink(bakfile); +#endif + fprintf(stderr, "Warning: old key(s) found and disabled.\n"); + } + } + + unlink(tmpfile); +} + FILE *ask_and_open(const char *filename, const char *what) { FILE *r; char *directory; @@ -447,9 +511,11 @@ FILE *ask_and_open(const char *filename, const char *what) { umask(0077); /* Disallow everything for group and other */ + disable_old_keys(fn); + /* Open it first to keep the inode busy */ - r = fopen(fn, "r+") ?: fopen(fn, "w+"); + r = fopen(fn, "a"); if(!r) { fprintf(stderr, "Error opening file `%s': %s\n", @@ -460,42 +526,4 @@ FILE *ask_and_open(const char *filename, const char *what) { return r; } -bool disable_old_keys(FILE *f) { - char buf[100]; - long pos; - bool disabled = false; - rewind(f); - pos = ftell(f); - - if(pos < 0) - return false; - - while(fgets(buf, sizeof buf, f)) { - if(!strncmp(buf, "-----BEGIN RSA", 14)) { - buf[11] = 'O'; - buf[12] = 'L'; - buf[13] = 'D'; - if(fseek(f, pos, SEEK_SET)) - break; - if(fputs(buf, f) <= 0) - break; - disabled = true; - } - else if(!strncmp(buf, "-----END RSA", 12)) { - buf[ 9] = 'O'; - buf[10] = 'L'; - buf[11] = 'D'; - if(fseek(f, pos, SEEK_SET)) - break; - if(fputs(buf, f) <= 0) - break; - disabled = true; - } - pos = ftell(f); - if(pos < 0) - break; - } - - return disabled; -} diff --git a/src/conf.h b/src/conf.h index 5b0796e..3a040c7 100644 --- a/src/conf.h +++ b/src/conf.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* conf.h -- header for conf.c Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2000-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -63,6 +63,5 @@ extern bool read_server_config(void); extern bool read_connection_config(struct connection_t *); extern FILE *ask_and_open(const char *, const char *); extern bool is_safe_path(const char *); -extern bool disable_old_keys(FILE *); #endif /* __TINC_CONF_H__ */ diff --git a/src/connection.c b/src/connection.c index e7ea9b2..612587d 100644 --- a/src/connection.c +++ b/src/connection.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* connection.c -- connection list management - Copyright (C) 2000-2009 Guus Sliepen , + Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen , 2000-2005 Ivo Timmermans 2008 Max Rijevski @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "xalloc.h" avl_tree_t *connection_tree; /* Meta connections */ -connection_t *broadcast; +connection_t *everyone; static int connection_compare(const connection_t *a, const connection_t *b) { return a < b ? -1 : a == b ? 0 : 1; @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ static int connection_compare(const connection_t *a, const connection_t *b) { void init_connections(void) { connection_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t) connection_compare, (avl_action_t) free_connection); - broadcast = new_connection(); - broadcast->name = xstrdup("everyone"); - broadcast->hostname = xstrdup("BROADCAST"); + everyone = new_connection(); + everyone->name = xstrdup("everyone"); + everyone->hostname = xstrdup("BROADCAST"); } void exit_connections(void) { avl_delete_tree(connection_tree); - free_connection(broadcast); + free_connection(everyone); } connection_t *new_connection(void) { diff --git a/src/connection.h b/src/connection.h index 7916a71..544c2d0 100644 --- a/src/connection.h +++ b/src/connection.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* connection.h -- header for connection.c - Copyright (C) 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen , + Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen , 2000-2005 Ivo Timmermans This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ typedef struct connection_t { } connection_t; extern avl_tree_t *connection_tree; -extern connection_t *broadcast; +extern connection_t *everyone; extern void init_connections(void); extern void exit_connections(void); diff --git a/src/cygwin/device.c b/src/cygwin/device.c index 42016cb..4365399 100644 --- a/src/cygwin/device.c +++ b/src/cygwin/device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- Interaction with Windows tap driver in a Cygwin environment Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2002-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2002-2011 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; static pid_t reader_pid; static int sp[2]; -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { HKEY key, key2; int i, err; @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { close(sp[0]); close(sp[1]); CloseHandle(device_handle); @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void close_device(void) { free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; if((lenin = read(sp[0], packet->data, MTU)) <= 0) { @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { long lenout; ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s", @@ -260,8 +260,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t os_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/device.h b/src/device.h index 5841253..eaeca18 100644 --- a/src/device.h +++ b/src/device.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* - net.h -- generic header for device.c + device.h -- generic header for device.c Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2001-2006 Guus Sliepen + 2001-2011 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -28,10 +28,19 @@ extern char *device; extern char *iface; -extern bool setup_device(void); -extern void close_device(void); -extern bool read_packet(struct vpn_packet_t *); -extern bool write_packet(struct vpn_packet_t *); -extern void dump_device_stats(void); +typedef struct devops_t { + bool (*setup)(void); + void (*close)(void); + bool (*read)(struct vpn_packet_t *); + bool (*write)(struct vpn_packet_t *); + void (*dump_stats)(void); +} devops_t; + +extern const devops_t os_devops; +extern const devops_t dummy_devops; +extern const devops_t raw_socket_devops; +extern const devops_t uml_devops; +extern const devops_t vde_devops; +extern devops_t devops; #endif /* __TINC_DEVICE_H__ */ diff --git a/src/dummy_device.c b/src/dummy_device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dd3fae --- /dev/null +++ b/src/dummy_device.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + device.c -- Dummy device + Copyright (C) 2011 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#include "system.h" + +#include "device.h" +#include "logger.h" +#include "net.h" + +static char *device_info = "dummy device"; + +static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; +static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; + +static bool setup_device(void) { + device = "dummy"; + iface = "dummy"; + logger(LOG_INFO, "%s (%s) is a %s", device, iface, device_info); + return true; +} + +static void close_device(void) { +} + +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { + return false; +} + +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { + device_total_out += packet->len; + return true; +} + +static void dump_device_stats(void) { + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); + logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); + logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); +} + +const devops_t dummy_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/graph.c b/src/graph.c index 9aadcd8..d68a973 100644 --- a/src/graph.c +++ b/src/graph.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* graph.c -- graph algorithms - Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Guus Sliepen , + Copyright (C) 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen , 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ static void sssp_bfs(void) { myself->status.visited = true; myself->status.indirect = false; myself->nexthop = myself; + myself->prevedge = NULL; myself->via = myself; list_insert_head(todo_list, myself); @@ -214,6 +215,7 @@ static void sssp_bfs(void) { e->to->status.visited = true; e->to->status.indirect = indirect; e->to->nexthop = (n->nexthop == myself) ? e->to : n->nexthop; + e->to->prevedge = e; e->to->via = indirect ? n->via : e->to; e->to->options = e->options; diff --git a/src/graph.h b/src/graph.h index fb41096..fa521f5 100644 --- a/src/graph.h +++ b/src/graph.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* graph.h -- header for graph.c - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Guus Sliepen , + Copyright (C) 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen , 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify diff --git a/src/linux/device.c b/src/linux/device.c index c7c1b65..cbf2152 100644 --- a/src/linux/device.c +++ b/src/linux/device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- Interaction with Linux ethertap and tun/tap device Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2001-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -45,13 +45,14 @@ int device_fd = -1; static device_type_t device_type; char *device = NULL; char *iface = NULL; +static char *type = NULL; static char ifrname[IFNAMSIZ]; static char *device_info; static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { struct ifreq ifr; bool t1q = false; @@ -72,11 +73,23 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + #ifdef HAVE_LINUX_IF_TUN_H /* Ok now check if this is an old ethertap or a new tun/tap thingie */ memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); - if(routing_mode == RMODE_ROUTER) { + + get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "DeviceType"), &type); + + if(type && strcasecmp(type, "tun") && strcasecmp(type, "tap")) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Unknown device type %s!", type); + return false; + } + + if((type && !strcasecmp(type, "tun")) || (!type && routing_mode == RMODE_ROUTER)) { ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TUN; device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUN; device_info = "Linux tun/tap device (tun mode)"; @@ -121,14 +134,15 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { close(device_fd); + free(type); free(device); free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; switch(device_type) { @@ -175,7 +189,7 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s", packet->len, device_info); @@ -211,8 +225,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t os_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/mingw/device.c b/src/mingw/device.c index 1dac3bf..b958831 100644 --- a/src/mingw/device.c +++ b/src/mingw/device.c @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ static DWORD WINAPI tapreader(void *bla) { } } -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { HKEY key, key2; int i; @@ -210,18 +210,18 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { CloseHandle(device_handle); free(device); free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return false; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { long lenout; OVERLAPPED overlapped = {0}; @@ -238,8 +238,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t os_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/net.c b/src/net.c index 8762db3..6979083 100644 --- a/src/net.c +++ b/src/net.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* net.c -- most of the network code Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2006 Scott Lamb 2011 Loïc Grenié @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static void purge(void) { for(snode = n->subnet_tree->head; snode; snode = snext) { snext = snode->next; s = snode->data; - send_del_subnet(broadcast, s); + send_del_subnet(everyone, s); if(!strictsubnets) subnet_del(n, s); } @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ static void purge(void) { enext = enode->next; e = enode->data; if(!tunnelserver) - send_del_edge(broadcast, e); + send_del_edge(everyone, e); edge_del(e); } } @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ void terminate_connection(connection_t *c, bool report) { if(c->edge) { if(report && !tunnelserver) - send_del_edge(broadcast, c->edge); + send_del_edge(everyone, c->edge); edge_del(c->edge); @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ void terminate_connection(connection_t *c, bool report) { e = lookup_edge(c->node, myself); if(e) { if(!tunnelserver) - send_del_edge(broadcast, e); + send_del_edge(everyone, e); edge_del(e); } } @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ static void check_network_activity(fd_set * readset, fd_set * writeset) { /* check input from kernel */ if(device_fd >= 0 && FD_ISSET(device_fd, readset)) { - if(read_packet(&packet)) { + if(devops.read(&packet)) { errors = 0; packet.priority = 0; route(myself, &packet); @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ static void check_network_activity(fd_set * readset, fd_set * writeset) { for(i = 0; i < listen_sockets; i++) { if(FD_ISSET(listen_socket[i].udp, readset)) - handle_incoming_vpn_data(listen_socket[i].udp); + handle_incoming_vpn_data(i); if(FD_ISSET(listen_socket[i].tcp, readset)) handle_new_meta_connection(listen_socket[i].tcp); @@ -576,14 +576,14 @@ int main_loop(void) { next = node->next; subnet = node->data; if(subnet->expires == 1) { - send_del_subnet(broadcast, subnet); + send_del_subnet(everyone, subnet); if(subnet->owner->status.reachable) subnet_update(subnet->owner, subnet, false); subnet_del(subnet->owner, subnet); } else if(subnet->expires == -1) { subnet->expires = 0; } else { - send_add_subnet(broadcast, subnet); + send_add_subnet(everyone, subnet); if(subnet->owner->status.reachable) subnet_update(subnet->owner, subnet, true); } diff --git a/src/net.h b/src/net.h index b831cdd..b6f54f2 100644 --- a/src/net.h +++ b/src/net.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* net.h -- header for net.c Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2000-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -107,6 +107,7 @@ extern int maxoutbufsize; extern int seconds_till_retry; extern int addressfamily; extern unsigned replaywin; +extern bool localdiscovery; extern listen_socket_t listen_socket[MAXSOCKETS]; extern int listen_sockets; diff --git a/src/net_packet.c b/src/net_packet.c index fe20a25..b11949a 100644 --- a/src/net_packet.c +++ b/src/net_packet.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* net_packet.c -- Handles in- and outgoing VPN packets Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2010 Timothy Redaelli 2010 Brandon Black @@ -61,13 +61,21 @@ static char lzo_wrkmem[LZO1X_999_MEM_COMPRESS > LZO1X_1_MEM_COMPRESS ? LZO1X_999 static void send_udppacket(node_t *, vpn_packet_t *); unsigned replaywin = 16; +bool localdiscovery = false; #define MAX_SEQNO 1073741824 -// mtuprobes == 1..30: initial discovery, send bursts with 1 second interval -// mtuprobes == 31: sleep pinginterval seconds -// mtuprobes == 32: send 1 burst, sleep pingtimeout second -// mtuprobes == 33: no response from other side, restart PMTU discovery process +/* mtuprobes == 1..30: initial discovery, send bursts with 1 second interval + mtuprobes == 31: sleep pinginterval seconds + mtuprobes == 32: send 1 burst, sleep pingtimeout second + mtuprobes == 33: no response from other side, restart PMTU discovery process + + Probes are sent in batches of three, with random sizes between the lower and + upper boundaries for the MTU thus far discovered. + + In case local discovery is enabled, a fourth packet is added to each batch, + which will be broadcast to the local network. +*/ void send_mtu_probe(node_t *n) { vpn_packet_t packet; @@ -118,7 +126,7 @@ void send_mtu_probe(node_t *n) { timeout = pingtimeout; } - for(i = 0; i < 3; i++) { + for(i = 0; i < 3 + localdiscovery; i++) { if(n->maxmtu <= n->minmtu) len = n->maxmtu; else @@ -130,7 +138,10 @@ void send_mtu_probe(node_t *n) { memset(packet.data, 0, 14); RAND_pseudo_bytes(packet.data + 14, len - 14); packet.len = len; - packet.priority = 0; + if(i >= 3 && n->mtuprobes <= 10) + packet.priority = -1; + else + packet.priority = 0; ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_INFO, "Sending MTU probe length %d to %s (%s)", len, n->name, n->hostname); @@ -389,7 +400,6 @@ static void send_udppacket(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *origpkt) { static int priority = 0; #endif int origpriority; - int sock; if(!n->status.reachable) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_INFO, "Trying to send UDP packet to unreachable node %s (%s)", n->name, n->hostname); @@ -476,33 +486,58 @@ static void send_udppacket(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *origpkt) { /* Determine which socket we have to use */ - for(sock = 0; sock < listen_sockets; sock++) - if(n->address.sa.sa_family == listen_socket[sock].sa.sa.sa_family) - break; - - if(sock >= listen_sockets) - sock = 0; /* If none is available, just use the first and hope for the best. */ + if(n->address.sa.sa_family != listen_socket[n->sock].sa.sa.sa_family) { + for(int sock = 0; sock < listen_sockets; sock++) { + if(n->address.sa.sa_family == listen_socket[sock].sa.sa.sa_family) { + n->sock = sock; + break; + } + } + } /* Send the packet */ + struct sockaddr *sa; + socklen_t sl; + int sock; + + /* Overloaded use of priority field: -1 means local broadcast */ + + if(origpriority == -1 && n->prevedge) { + struct sockaddr_in in; + in.sin_family = AF_INET; + in.sin_addr.s_addr = -1; + in.sin_port = n->prevedge->address.in.sin_port; + sa = (struct sockaddr *)∈ + sl = sizeof in; + sock = 0; + } else { + if(origpriority == -1) + origpriority = 0; + + sa = &(n->address.sa); + sl = SALEN(n->address.sa); + sock = n->sock; + } + #if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_TOS) if(priorityinheritance && origpriority != priority - && listen_socket[sock].sa.sa.sa_family == AF_INET) { + && listen_socket[n->sock].sa.sa.sa_family == AF_INET) { priority = origpriority; ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Setting outgoing packet priority to %d", priority); - if(setsockopt(listen_socket[sock].udp, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &priority, sizeof(priority))) /* SO_PRIORITY doesn't seem to work */ + if(setsockopt(listen_socket[n->sock].udp, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &priority, sizeof(priority))) /* SO_PRIORITY doesn't seem to work */ logger(LOG_ERR, "System call `%s' failed: %s", "setsockopt", strerror(errno)); } #endif - if(sendto(listen_socket[sock].udp, (char *) &inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len, 0, &(n->address.sa), SALEN(n->address.sa)) < 0 && !sockwouldblock(sockerrno)) { + if(sendto(listen_socket[sock].udp, (char *) &inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len, 0, sa, sl) < 0 && !sockwouldblock(sockerrno)) { if(sockmsgsize(sockerrno)) { if(n->maxmtu >= origlen) n->maxmtu = origlen - 1; if(n->mtu >= origlen) n->mtu = origlen - 1; } else - logger(LOG_ERR, "Error sending packet to %s (%s): %s", n->name, n->hostname, sockstrerror(sockerrno)); + ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_WARNING, "Error sending packet to %s (%s): %s", n->name, n->hostname, sockstrerror(sockerrno)); } end: @@ -518,7 +553,7 @@ void send_packet(const node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *packet) { if(n == myself) { if(overwrite_mac) memcpy(packet->data, mymac.x, ETH_ALEN); - write_packet(packet); + devops.write(packet); return; } @@ -599,6 +634,7 @@ static node_t *try_harder(const sockaddr_t *from, const vpn_packet_t *pkt) { if(hard) last_hard_try = now; + last_hard_try = now; return n; } @@ -609,7 +645,7 @@ void handle_incoming_vpn_data(int sock) { socklen_t fromlen = sizeof(from); node_t *n; - pkt.len = recvfrom(sock, (char *) &pkt.seqno, MAXSIZE, 0, &from.sa, &fromlen); + pkt.len = recvfrom(listen_socket[sock].udp, (char *) &pkt.seqno, MAXSIZE, 0, &from.sa, &fromlen); if(pkt.len < 0) { if(!sockwouldblock(sockerrno)) @@ -635,5 +671,7 @@ void handle_incoming_vpn_data(int sock) { return; } + n->sock = sock; + receive_udppacket(n, &pkt); } diff --git a/src/net_setup.c b/src/net_setup.c index f18e3bf..2684514 100644 --- a/src/net_setup.c +++ b/src/net_setup.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* net_setup.c -- Setup. Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2006 Scott Lamb 2010 Brandon Black @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ #include "xalloc.h" char *myport; +devops_t devops; bool read_rsa_public_key(connection_t *c) { FILE *fp; @@ -113,11 +114,14 @@ bool read_rsa_public_key(connection_t *c) { xasprintf(&fname, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, c->name); fp = fopen(fname, "r"); - if(fp) { - c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSAPublicKey(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); - fclose(fp); + if(!fp) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Error reading RSA public key file `%s': %s", fname, strerror(errno)); + free(fname); + return false; } + c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSAPublicKey(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); + fclose(fp); free(fname); if(c->rsa_key) @@ -128,12 +132,15 @@ bool read_rsa_public_key(connection_t *c) { xasprintf(&fname, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, c->name); fp = fopen(fname, "r"); - if(fp) { - c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSA_PUBKEY(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); -// RSA_blinding_on(c->rsa_key, NULL); - fclose(fp); + if(!fp) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Error reading RSA public key file `%s': %s", fname, strerror(errno)); + free(fname); + return false; } + c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSA_PUBKEY(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); +// RSA_blinding_on(c->rsa_key, NULL); + fclose(fp); free(fname); if(c->rsa_key) @@ -214,7 +221,6 @@ void load_all_subnets(void) { config_t *cfg; subnet_t *s, *s2; node_t *n; - bool result; xasprintf(&dname, "%s/hosts", confbase); dir = opendir(dname); @@ -236,10 +242,9 @@ void load_all_subnets(void) { xasprintf(&fname, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, ent->d_name); init_configuration(&config_tree); - result = read_config_file(config_tree, fname); + read_config_options(config_tree, ent->d_name); + read_config_file(config_tree, fname); free(fname); - if(!result) - continue; if(!n) { n = new_node(); @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ void load_all_subnets(void) { static bool setup_myself(void) { config_t *cfg; subnet_t *subnet; - char *name, *hostname, *mode, *afname, *cipher, *digest; + char *name, *hostname, *mode, *afname, *cipher, *digest, *type; char *fname = NULL; char *address = NULL; char *envp[5]; @@ -349,6 +354,7 @@ static bool setup_myself(void) { get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "DirectOnly"), &directonly); get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "StrictSubnets"), &strictsubnets); get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "TunnelServer"), &tunnelserver); + get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "LocalDiscovery"), &localdiscovery); strictsubnets |= tunnelserver; if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Mode"), &mode)) { @@ -390,6 +396,8 @@ static bool setup_myself(void) { myself->options |= OPTION_CLAMP_MSS; get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "PriorityInheritance"), &priorityinheritance); + get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "DecrementTTL"), &decrement_ttl); + get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "Broadcast"), &broadcast); #if !defined(SOL_IP) || !defined(IP_TOS) if(priorityinheritance) @@ -533,7 +541,24 @@ static bool setup_myself(void) { /* Open device */ - if(!setup_device()) + devops = os_devops; + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "DeviceType"), &type)) { + if(!strcasecmp(type, "dummy")) + devops = dummy_devops; + else if(!strcasecmp(type, "raw_socket")) + devops = raw_socket_devops; +#ifdef ENABLE_UML + else if(!strcasecmp(type, "uml")) + devops = uml_devops; +#endif +#ifdef ENABLE_VDE + else if(!strcasecmp(type, "vde")) + devops = vde_devops; +#endif + } + + if(!devops.setup()) return false; /* Run tinc-up script to further initialize the tap interface */ @@ -554,47 +579,58 @@ static bool setup_myself(void) { /* Open sockets */ - get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "BindToAddress"), &address); - - hint.ai_family = addressfamily; - hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; - hint.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; - hint.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE; - - err = getaddrinfo(address, myport, &hint, &ai); - - if(err || !ai) { - logger(LOG_ERR, "System call `%s' failed: %s", "getaddrinfo", - gai_strerror(err)); - return false; - } - listen_sockets = 0; + cfg = lookup_config(config_tree, "BindToAddress"); - for(aip = ai; aip; aip = aip->ai_next) { - listen_socket[listen_sockets].tcp = - setup_listen_socket((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); + do { + get_config_string(cfg, &address); + if(cfg) + cfg = lookup_config_next(config_tree, cfg); - if(listen_socket[listen_sockets].tcp < 0) - continue; + hint.ai_family = addressfamily; + hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; + hint.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; + hint.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE; - listen_socket[listen_sockets].udp = - setup_vpn_in_socket((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); + err = getaddrinfo(address, myport, &hint, &ai); + free(address); - if(listen_socket[listen_sockets].udp < 0) - continue; - - ifdebug(CONNECTIONS) { - hostname = sockaddr2hostname((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); - logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Listening on %s", hostname); - free(hostname); + if(err || !ai) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "System call `%s' failed: %s", "getaddrinfo", + gai_strerror(err)); + return false; } - memcpy(&listen_socket[listen_sockets].sa, aip->ai_addr, aip->ai_addrlen); - listen_sockets++; - } + for(aip = ai; aip; aip = aip->ai_next) { + if(listen_sockets >= MAXSOCKETS) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Too many listening sockets"); + return false; + } - freeaddrinfo(ai); + listen_socket[listen_sockets].tcp = + setup_listen_socket((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); + + if(listen_socket[listen_sockets].tcp < 0) + continue; + + listen_socket[listen_sockets].udp = + setup_vpn_in_socket((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); + + if(listen_socket[listen_sockets].udp < 0) + continue; + + ifdebug(CONNECTIONS) { + hostname = sockaddr2hostname((sockaddr_t *) aip->ai_addr); + logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Listening on %s", hostname); + free(hostname); + } + + memcpy(&listen_socket[listen_sockets].sa, aip->ai_addr, aip->ai_addrlen); + listen_sockets++; + } + + freeaddrinfo(ai); + } while(cfg); if(listen_sockets) logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Ready"); @@ -696,7 +732,7 @@ void close_network_connections(void) { for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) free(envp[i]); - close_device(); + devops.close(); return; } diff --git a/src/net_socket.c b/src/net_socket.c index a45bc20..94db11c 100644 --- a/src/net_socket.c +++ b/src/net_socket.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* net_socket.c -- Handle various kinds of sockets. Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2006 Scott Lamb 2009 Florian Forster @@ -34,8 +34,6 @@ #include "utils.h" #include "xalloc.h" -#include - /* Needed on Mac OS/X */ #ifndef SOL_TCP #define SOL_TCP IPPROTO_TCP @@ -110,63 +108,6 @@ static bool bind_to_interface(int sd) { return true; } -static bool bind_to_address(connection_t *c) { - char *node; - struct addrinfo *ai_list; - struct addrinfo *ai_ptr; - struct addrinfo ai_hints; - int status; - - assert(c != NULL); - assert(c->socket >= 0); - - node = NULL; - if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "BindToAddress"), - &node)) - return true; - - assert(node != NULL); - - memset(&ai_hints, 0, sizeof(ai_hints)); - ai_hints.ai_family = c->address.sa.sa_family; - /* We're called from `do_outgoing_connection' only. */ - ai_hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; - ai_hints.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; - - ai_list = NULL; - - status = getaddrinfo(node, /* service = */ NULL, - &ai_hints, &ai_list); - if(status) { - free(node); - logger(LOG_WARNING, "Error looking up %s port %s: %s", - node, "any", gai_strerror(status)); - return false; - } - assert(ai_list != NULL); - - status = -1; - for(ai_ptr = ai_list; ai_ptr != NULL; ai_ptr = ai_ptr->ai_next) { - status = bind(c->socket, - ai_list->ai_addr, ai_list->ai_addrlen); - if(!status) - break; - } - - - if(status) { - logger(LOG_ERR, "Can't bind to %s/tcp: %s", node, sockstrerror(sockerrno)); - } else ifdebug(CONNECTIONS) { - logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Successfully bound outgoing " - "TCP socket to %s", node); - } - - free(node); - freeaddrinfo(ai_list); - - return status ? false : true; -} - int setup_listen_socket(const sockaddr_t *sa) { int nfd; char *addrstr; @@ -180,6 +121,10 @@ int setup_listen_socket(const sockaddr_t *sa) { return -1; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(nfd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + /* Optimize TCP settings */ option = 1; @@ -238,6 +183,10 @@ int setup_vpn_in_socket(const sockaddr_t *sa) { return -1; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(nfd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + #ifdef O_NONBLOCK { int flags = fcntl(nfd, F_GETFL); @@ -262,6 +211,7 @@ int setup_vpn_in_socket(const sockaddr_t *sa) { option = 1; setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (void *)&option, sizeof(option)); + setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST, (void *)&option, sizeof(option)); if(udp_rcvbuf && setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (void *)&udp_rcvbuf, sizeof(udp_rcvbuf))) logger(LOG_WARNING, "Can't set UDP SO_RCVBUF to %i: %s", udp_rcvbuf, strerror(errno)); @@ -410,6 +360,10 @@ begin: c->socket = socket(c->address.sa.sa_family, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(c->socket, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + if(c->socket == -1) { ifdebug(CONNECTIONS) logger(LOG_ERR, "Creating socket for %s failed: %s", c->hostname, sockstrerror(sockerrno)); goto begin; @@ -422,7 +376,6 @@ begin: #endif bind_to_interface(c->socket); - bind_to_address(c); /* Optimize TCP settings */ diff --git a/src/node.h b/src/node.h index 07c7c49..f9ef3c1 100644 --- a/src/node.h +++ b/src/node.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* node.h -- header for node.c - Copyright (C) 2001-2010 Guus Sliepen , + Copyright (C) 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen , 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ typedef struct node_t { char *name; /* name of this node */ uint32_t options; /* options turned on for this node */ + int sock; /* Socket to use for outgoing UDP packets */ sockaddr_t address; /* his real (internet) ip to send UDP packets to */ char *hostname; /* the hostname of its real ip */ @@ -66,6 +67,7 @@ typedef struct node_t { int outcompression; /* Compressionlevel, 0 = no compression */ struct node_t *nexthop; /* nearest node from us to him */ + struct edge_t *prevedge; /* nearest node from him to us */ struct node_t *via; /* next hop for UDP packets */ avl_tree_t *subnet_tree; /* Pointer to a tree of subnets belonging to this node */ diff --git a/src/process.c b/src/process.c index c659237..f33355c 100644 --- a/src/process.c +++ b/src/process.c @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ static RETSIGTYPE sigusr1_handler(int a) { } static RETSIGTYPE sigusr2_handler(int a) { - dump_device_stats(); + devops.dump_stats(); dump_nodes(); dump_edges(); dump_subnets(); diff --git a/src/protocol.c b/src/protocol.c index aec00ee..1d91d08 100644 --- a/src/protocol.c +++ b/src/protocol.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* protocol.c -- handle the meta-protocol, basic functions Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ bool send_request(connection_t *c, const char *format, ...) { buffer[len++] = '\n'; - if(c == broadcast) { + if(c == everyone) { broadcast_meta(NULL, buffer, len); return true; } else diff --git a/src/protocol_auth.c b/src/protocol_auth.c index cde7ead..6988068 100644 --- a/src/protocol_auth.c +++ b/src/protocol_auth.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* protocol_auth.c -- handle the meta-protocol, authentication Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ bool ack_h(connection_t *c) { if(tunnelserver) send_add_edge(c, c->edge); else - send_add_edge(broadcast, c->edge); + send_add_edge(everyone, c->edge); /* Run MST and SSSP algorithms */ diff --git a/src/protocol_edge.c b/src/protocol_edge.c index 32102d2..3dfff05 100644 --- a/src/protocol_edge.c +++ b/src/protocol_edge.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* protocol_edge.c -- handle the meta-protocol, edges Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2009 Michael Tokarev This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ bool del_edge_h(connection_t *c) { e = lookup_edge(to, myself); if(e) { if(!tunnelserver) - send_del_edge(broadcast, e); + send_del_edge(everyone, e); edge_del(e); } } diff --git a/src/protocol_key.c b/src/protocol_key.c index f34ebaa..1a184fb 100644 --- a/src/protocol_key.c +++ b/src/protocol_key.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* protocol_key.c -- handle the meta-protocol, key exchange Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ void send_key_changed(void) { avl_node_t *node; connection_t *c; - send_request(broadcast, "%d %x %s", KEY_CHANGED, rand(), myself->name); + send_request(everyone, "%d %x %s", KEY_CHANGED, rand(), myself->name); /* Immediately send new keys to directly connected nodes to keep UDP mappings alive */ @@ -242,8 +242,6 @@ bool ans_key_h(connection_t *c) { /* Update our copy of the origin's packet key */ from->outkey = xrealloc(from->outkey, strlen(key) / 2); - - from->outkey = xstrdup(key); from->outkeylength = strlen(key) / 2; hex2bin(key, from->outkey, from->outkeylength); diff --git a/src/raw_socket/device.c b/src/raw_socket_device.c similarity index 78% rename from src/raw_socket/device.c rename to src/raw_socket_device.c index abe368a..1dd726f 100644 --- a/src/raw_socket/device.c +++ b/src/raw_socket_device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- raw socket Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2002-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2002-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ #include "system.h" +#ifdef HAVE_NETPACKET_PACKET_H #include +#endif #include "conf.h" #include "device.h" @@ -30,16 +32,13 @@ #include "route.h" #include "xalloc.h" -int device_fd = -1; -char *device = NULL; -char *iface = NULL; -static char ifrname[IFNAMSIZ]; +#if defined(PF_PACKET) && defined(ETH_P_ALL) && defined(AF_PACKET) static char *device_info; static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { struct ifreq ifr; struct sockaddr_ll sa; @@ -57,6 +56,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); strncpy(ifr.ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name, iface, IFNAMSIZ); if(ioctl(device_fd, SIOCGIFINDEX, &ifr)) { @@ -81,14 +84,14 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { close(device_fd); free(device); free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data, MTU)) <= 0) { @@ -107,7 +110,7 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s", packet->len, device_info); @@ -122,8 +125,32 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t raw_socket_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; + +#else + +static bool not_supported(void) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Raw socket device not supported on this platform"); + return false; +} + +const devops_t raw_socket_devops = { + .setup = not_supported, + .close = NULL, + .read = NULL, + .write = NULL, + .dump_stats = NULL, +}; +#endif diff --git a/src/route.c b/src/route.c index e3bcf3b..051deff 100644 --- a/src/route.c +++ b/src/route.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* route.c -- routing Copyright (C) 2000-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2000-2010 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -34,10 +34,12 @@ rmode_t routing_mode = RMODE_ROUTER; fmode_t forwarding_mode = FMODE_INTERNAL; +bool decrement_ttl = true; bool directonly = false; bool priorityinheritance = false; int macexpire = 600; bool overwrite_mac = false; +bool broadcast = true; mac_t mymac = {{0xFE, 0xFD, 0, 0, 0, 0}}; /* Sizes of various headers */ @@ -80,13 +82,14 @@ static bool ratelimit(int frequency) { static int count = 0; if(lasttime == now) { - if(++count > frequency) + if(count >= frequency) return true; } else { lasttime = now; count = 0; } + count++; return false; } @@ -397,6 +400,11 @@ static void route_ipv4_unicast(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { packet->priority = packet->data[15]; via = (subnet->owner->via == myself) ? subnet->owner->nexthop : subnet->owner->via; + + if(via == source) { + ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_ERR, "Routing loop for packet from %s (%s)!", source->name, source->hostname); + return; + } if(directonly && subnet->owner != via) return route_ipv4_unreachable(source, packet, ICMP_DEST_UNREACH, ICMP_NET_ANO); @@ -422,11 +430,11 @@ static void route_ipv4(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { if(!checklength(source, packet, ether_size + ip_size)) return; - if(((packet->data[30] & 0xf0) == 0xe0) || ( + if(broadcast && (((packet->data[30] & 0xf0) == 0xe0) || ( packet->data[30] == 255 && packet->data[31] == 255 && packet->data[32] == 255 && - packet->data[33] == 255)) + packet->data[33] == 255))) broadcast_packet(source, packet); else route_ipv4_unicast(source, packet); @@ -549,6 +557,11 @@ static void route_ipv6_unicast(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { via = (subnet->owner->via == myself) ? subnet->owner->nexthop : subnet->owner->via; + if(via == source) { + ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_ERR, "Routing loop for packet from %s (%s)!", source->name, source->hostname); + return; + } + if(directonly && subnet->owner != via) return route_ipv6_unreachable(source, packet, ICMP6_DST_UNREACH, ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN); @@ -714,7 +727,7 @@ static void route_ipv6(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { return; } - if(packet->data[38] == 255) + if(broadcast && packet->data[38] == 255) broadcast_packet(source, packet); else route_ipv6_unicast(source, packet); @@ -804,7 +817,8 @@ static void route_mac(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { subnet = lookup_subnet_mac(NULL, &dest); if(!subnet) { - broadcast_packet(source, packet); + if(broadcast) + broadcast_packet(source, packet); return; } @@ -846,6 +860,52 @@ static void route_mac(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { send_packet(subnet->owner, packet); } +static bool do_decrement_ttl(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { + uint16_t type = packet->data[12] << 8 | packet->data[13]; + + switch (type) { + case ETH_P_IP: + if(!checklength(source, packet, 14 + 32)) + return false; + + if(packet->data[22] < 1) { + if(packet->data[25] != IPPROTO_ICMP || packet->data[46] != ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED) + route_ipv4_unreachable(source, packet, ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED, ICMP_EXC_TTL); + return false; + } + + uint16_t old = packet->data[22] << 8 | packet->data[23]; + packet->data[22]--; + uint16_t new = packet->data[22] << 8 | packet->data[23]; + + uint32_t checksum = packet->data[24] << 8 | packet->data[25]; + checksum += old + (~new & 0xFFFF); + while(checksum >> 16) + checksum = (checksum & 0xFFFF) + (checksum >> 16); + packet->data[24] = checksum >> 8; + packet->data[25] = checksum & 0xff; + + return true; + + case ETH_P_IPV6: + if(!checklength(source, packet, 14 + 40)) + return false; + + if(packet->data[21] < 1) { + if(packet->data[20] != IPPROTO_ICMPV6 || packet->data[54] != ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED) + route_ipv6_unreachable(source, packet, ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED, ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT); + return false; + } + + packet->data[21]--; + + return true; + + default: + return true; + } +} + void route(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { if(forwarding_mode == FMODE_KERNEL && source != myself) { send_packet(myself, packet); @@ -855,6 +915,10 @@ void route(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) { if(!checklength(source, packet, ether_size)) return; + if(decrement_ttl && source != myself) + if(!do_decrement_ttl(source, packet)) + return; + switch (routing_mode) { case RMODE_ROUTER: { diff --git a/src/route.h b/src/route.h index 49431f2..5622feb 100644 --- a/src/route.h +++ b/src/route.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* route.h -- header file for route.c Copyright (C) 2000-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2000-2006 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -38,8 +38,10 @@ typedef enum fmode_t { extern rmode_t routing_mode; extern fmode_t forwarding_mode; +extern bool decrement_ttl; extern bool directonly; extern bool overwrite_mac; +extern bool broadcast; extern bool priorityinheritance; extern int macexpire; diff --git a/src/solaris/device.c b/src/solaris/device.c index 0dfffb1..969b514 100644 --- a/src/solaris/device.c +++ b/src/solaris/device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- Interaction with Solaris tun device Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2001-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2001-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tun" int device_fd = -1; -int ip_fd = -1, if_fd = -1; +static int ip_fd = -1, if_fd = -1; char *device = NULL; char *iface = NULL; static char *device_info = NULL; @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static char *device_info = NULL; static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { int ppa; char *ptr; @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + ppa = 0; ptr = device; @@ -67,6 +71,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(ip_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + /* Assign a new PPA and get its unit number. */ if((ppa = ioctl(device_fd, TUNNEWPPA, ppa)) < 0) { logger(LOG_ERR, "Can't assign new interface: %s", strerror(errno)); @@ -79,6 +87,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(if_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + if(ioctl(if_fd, I_PUSH, "ip") < 0) { logger(LOG_ERR, "Can't push IP module: %s", strerror(errno)); return false; @@ -105,7 +117,7 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return true; } -void close_device(void) { +static void close_device(void) { close(if_fd); close(ip_fd); close(device_fd); @@ -114,7 +126,7 @@ void close_device(void) { free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data + 14, MTU - 14)) <= 0) { @@ -149,7 +161,7 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s", packet->len, device_info); @@ -164,8 +176,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t os_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/subnet.c b/src/subnet.c index 47f1436..7fffe63 100644 --- a/src/subnet.c +++ b/src/subnet.c @@ -468,6 +468,8 @@ void subnet_update(node_t *owner, subnet_t *subnet, bool up) { // 4 and 5 are reserved for SUBNET and WEIGHT xasprintf(&envp[6], "REMOTEADDRESS=%s", address); xasprintf(&envp[7], "REMOTEPORT=%s", port); + free(port); + free(address); } name = up ? "subnet-up" : "subnet-down"; diff --git a/src/tincd.c b/src/tincd.c index b3d911b..443301e 100644 --- a/src/tincd.c +++ b/src/tincd.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* tincd.c -- the main file for tincd Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans - 2000-2011 Guus Sliepen + 2000-2012 Guus Sliepen 2008 Max Rijevski 2009 Michael Tokarev 2010 Julien Muchembled @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] = { {"user", required_argument, NULL, 'U'}, {"logfile", optional_argument, NULL, 4}, {"pidfile", required_argument, NULL, 5}, + {"option", required_argument, NULL, 'o'}, {NULL, 0, NULL, 0} }; @@ -129,20 +130,20 @@ static void usage(bool status) { program_name); else { printf("Usage: %s [option]...\n\n", program_name); - printf(" -c, --config=DIR Read configuration options from DIR.\n" - " -D, --no-detach Don't fork and detach.\n" - " -d, --debug[=LEVEL] Increase debug level or set it to LEVEL.\n" - " -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] Attempt to kill a running tincd and exit.\n" - " -n, --net=NETNAME Connect to net NETNAME.\n" - " -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Generate public/private RSA keypair.\n" - " -L, --mlock Lock tinc into main memory.\n" - " --logfile[=FILENAME] Write log entries to a logfile.\n" - " --pidfile=FILENAME Write PID to FILENAME.\n" - " -o [HOST.]KEY=VALUE Set global/host configuration value.\n" - " -R, --chroot chroot to NET dir at startup.\n" - " -U, --user=USER setuid to given USER at startup.\n" - " --help Display this help and exit.\n" - " --version Output version information and exit.\n\n"); + printf(" -c, --config=DIR Read configuration options from DIR.\n" + " -D, --no-detach Don't fork and detach.\n" + " -d, --debug[=LEVEL] Increase debug level or set it to LEVEL.\n" + " -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] Attempt to kill a running tincd and exit.\n" + " -n, --net=NETNAME Connect to net NETNAME.\n" + " -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Generate public/private RSA keypair.\n" + " -L, --mlock Lock tinc into main memory.\n" + " --logfile[=FILENAME] Write log entries to a logfile.\n" + " --pidfile=FILENAME Write PID to FILENAME.\n" + " -o, --option=[HOST.]KEY=VALUE Set global/host configuration value.\n" + " -R, --chroot chroot to NET dir at startup.\n" + " -U, --user=USER setuid to given USER at startup.\n" + " --help Display this help and exit.\n" + " --version Output version information and exit.\n\n"); printf("Report bugs to tinc@tinc-vpn.org.\n"); } } @@ -361,9 +362,6 @@ static bool keygen(int bits) { if(!f) return false; - if(disable_old_keys(f)) - fprintf(stderr, "Warning: old key(s) found and disabled.\n"); - #ifdef HAVE_FCHMOD /* Make it unreadable for others. */ fchmod(fileno(f), 0600); @@ -384,9 +382,6 @@ static bool keygen(int bits) { if(!f) return false; - if(disable_old_keys(f)) - fprintf(stderr, "Warning: old key(s) found and disabled.\n"); - fputc('\n', f); PEM_write_RSAPublicKey(f, rsa_key); fclose(f); @@ -523,7 +518,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) { if(show_version) { printf("%s version %s (built %s %s, protocol %d)\n", PACKAGE, VERSION, __DATE__, __TIME__, PROT_CURRENT); - printf("Copyright (C) 1998-2011 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.\n" + printf("Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.\n" "See the AUTHORS file for a complete list.\n\n" "tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software,\n" "and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;\n" @@ -586,6 +581,7 @@ int main2(int argc, char **argv) { InitializeCriticalSection(&mutex); EnterCriticalSection(&mutex); #endif + char *priority = NULL; if(!detach()) return 1; @@ -612,8 +608,6 @@ int main2(int argc, char **argv) { /* Change process priority */ - char *priority = 0; - if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "ProcessPriority"), &priority)) { if(!strcasecmp(priority, "Normal")) { if (setpriority(NORMAL_PRIORITY_CLASS) != 0) { @@ -650,7 +644,7 @@ int main2(int argc, char **argv) { /* Shutdown properly. */ ifdebug(CONNECTIONS) - dump_device_stats(); + devops.dump_stats(); close_network_connections(); @@ -661,6 +655,8 @@ end: remove_pid(pidfilename); #endif + free(priority); + EVP_cleanup(); ENGINE_cleanup(); CRYPTO_cleanup_all_ex_data(); @@ -668,6 +664,7 @@ end: ERR_free_strings(); exit_configuration(&config_tree); + list_free(cmdline_conf); free_names(); return status; diff --git a/src/uml_socket/device.c b/src/uml_device.c similarity index 89% rename from src/uml_socket/device.c rename to src/uml_device.c index a2da757..a0b87f9 100644 --- a/src/uml_socket/device.c +++ b/src/uml_device.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* device.c -- UML network socket Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Ivo Timmermans, - 2002-2009 Guus Sliepen + 2002-2012 Guus Sliepen This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -28,19 +28,17 @@ #include "logger.h" #include "utils.h" #include "route.h" +#include "xalloc.h" -int device_fd = -1; static int listen_fd = -1; static int request_fd = -1; static int data_fd = -1; static int write_fd = -1; static int state = 0; -char *device = NULL; -char *iface = NULL; static char *device_info; extern char *identname; -extern bool running; +extern volatile bool running; static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; @@ -56,7 +54,7 @@ static struct request { static struct sockaddr_un data_sun; -bool setup_device(void) { +static bool setup_device(void) { struct sockaddr_un listen_sun; static const int one = 1; struct { @@ -79,6 +77,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(write_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + setsockopt(write_fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &one, sizeof one); if(fcntl(write_fd, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) < 0) { @@ -93,6 +95,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(data_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + setsockopt(data_fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &one, sizeof one); if(fcntl(data_fd, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) < 0) { @@ -120,6 +126,10 @@ bool setup_device(void) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + setsockopt(listen_fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &one, sizeof one); if(fcntl(listen_fd, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) < 0) { @@ -169,13 +179,13 @@ void close_device(void) { if(iface) free(iface); } -bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { int lenin; switch(state) { case 0: { struct sockaddr sa; - int salen = sizeof sa; + socklen_t salen = sizeof sa; request_fd = accept(listen_fd, &sa, &salen); if(request_fd < 0) { @@ -183,6 +193,10 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return false; } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(request_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + if(fcntl(listen_fd, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) < 0) { logger(LOG_ERR, "System call `%s' failed: %s", "fcntl", strerror(errno)); running = false; @@ -244,10 +258,14 @@ bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } + + default: + logger(LOG_ERR, "Invalid value for state variable in " __FILE__); + abort(); } } -bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { if(state != 2) { ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Dropping packet of %d bytes to %s: not connected to UML yet", packet->len, device_info); @@ -271,8 +289,16 @@ bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { return true; } -void dump_device_stats(void) { +static void dump_device_stats(void) { logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); } + +const devops_t uml_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +}; diff --git a/src/vde_device.c b/src/vde_device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..258945e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/vde_device.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/* + device.c -- VDE plug + Copyright (C) 2012 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#include "system.h" + +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "logger.h" +#include "utils.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "xalloc.h" + +static struct vdepluglib plug; +static struct vdeconn *conn = NULL; +static int port = 0; +static char *group = NULL; +static char *device_info; + +extern char *identname; +extern volatile bool running; + +static uint64_t device_total_in = 0; +static uint64_t device_total_out = 0; + +static bool setup_device(void) { + libvdeplug_dynopen(plug); + + if(!plug.dl_handle) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Could not open libvdeplug library!"); + return false; + } + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + xasprintf(&device, LOCALSTATEDIR "/run/vde.ctl"); + + get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &iface); + + get_config_int(lookup_config(config_tree, "VDEPort"), &port); + + get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "VDEGroup"), &group); + + device_info = "VDE socket"; + + struct vde_open_args args = { + .port = port, + .group = group, + .mode = 0700, + }; + + conn = plug.vde_open(device, identname, &args); + if(!conn) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Could not open VDE socket %s", device); + return false; + } + + device_fd = plug.vde_datafd(conn); + +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(device_fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + + logger(LOG_INFO, "%s is a %s", device, device_info); + + if(routing_mode == RMODE_ROUTER) + overwrite_mac = true; + + return true; +} + +static void close_device(void) { + if(conn) + plug.vde_close(conn); + + if(plug.dl_handle) + libvdeplug_dynclose(plug); + + free(device); + + free(iface); +} + +static bool read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { + int lenin = plug.vde_recv(conn, packet->data, MTU, 0); + if(lenin <= 0) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Error while reading from %s %s: %s", device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + running = false; + return false; + } + + packet->len = lenin; + device_total_in += packet->len; + ifdebug(TRAFFIC) logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Read packet of %d bytes from %s", packet->len, device_info); + + return true; +} + +static bool write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) { + if(plug.vde_send(conn, packet->data, packet->len, 0) < 0) { + if(errno != EINTR && errno != EAGAIN) { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Can't write to %s %s: %s", device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + running = false; + } + + return false; + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; + + return true; +} + +static void dump_device_stats(void) { + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Statistics for %s %s:", device_info, device); + logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes in: %10"PRIu64, device_total_in); + logger(LOG_DEBUG, " total bytes out: %10"PRIu64, device_total_out); +} + +const devops_t vde_devops = { + .setup = setup_device, + .close = close_device, + .read = read_packet, + .write = write_packet, + .dump_stats = dump_device_stats, +};